Livebook ACB

PASSION FOR POWER.
14 MAIN
CATALOGUE
15
New to the catalogue: QR codes
Scan this QR code and calling up
information.
i
1 2 3
With vision into

a secure future generation
Sustainability for Hensel means
being responsible in the sense of
preserving resources and avoiding the
use of hazardous materials (RoHS).
An environmental management
system is exactly the same practice
as restraining company practices
due to associated risks by using a risk
management system.
Happy customers are

the best reference
Due to its consistent quality philosophy, The high quality of Hensel products offers
Hensel-brand products have established the highest level of protection against
themselves in a wide variety of industries. corrosion and accidents involving electric
They are standard products in all types of current. They are resistant to UV radiation,
installations, due not only to their stable impacts, dust and water.
design and resistance especially in difcult Regardless of whether the air is impaired
environments. The positive resonance of the because of heat, cold, moisture or dirt;
market and satisfaction of our customers Hensel-brand products can be easily used
speak for themselves. in extreme environments and under tough
conditions.
Imprint
Conception, layout, graphics:

Gustav Hensel GmbH & Co. KG
Marketing + Communication
D-57368 Lennestadt, Germany
Photos:
Technical changes reserved!

Contents
DK Cable Junction Boxes Pages 15-134

1.5 up to 240 mm , IP 54-67
2
KV Small Distribution Boards up to 63 A Pages 135-182

IP 54-65
3 - 54 modules
Distribution Boards with Door up to 250 A Pages 183-262

IP 66
Mi Power Distribution Boards up to 630 A Pages 263-366

IP 65
Cable Entry Systems Pages 367-392
Technical Data Pages 393-412
List of Types Pages 413-420
3
Development and Quality
Leading through innovation and quality

An innovative program of modern electrical To guarantee our customers competitive
installation and distribution systems advantage in the future, Hensel constantly
has made Hensel into a market leader invests in development, production
in branching, fusing and distributing of and employee training. We meet the
electrical power. We guarantee our users continuously expanding requirements
highest benefits with customized products placed on computer systems in the age of
especially developed for the requirements the internet, including faster reaction times
of national and international applications. and more extensive availability with new
Customer satisfaction is the key for our investments to guarantee constant system
success. availability.
We are always contributing to the

develop-ment of national and international
standards at critical points and are thus
able to have valuable expertise to flow into
our development work. It helps assure
the high quality of our products and
guarantees it for the future.
Headquarters
in Lennestadt
4
Development and Environment
Always one important step ahead

The products Hensel develops, manufac- Through our close customer contacts and
tures and sells for electrical installation and active cooperation with standard-setting
distribution systems can be used for oper- bodies, we are always able to find new and
ating equipment to fulfill many challenging up-to-date applications for our products,
installation tasks for electrical equipment: such as ship building, distribution technol-
In commercial and industrial buildings, for ogy for electric vehicle filling stations or
outdoor use and standard-conforming meter distribution boards for residential
photovoltaic installations. complexes in China.
With vision into a secure future generation

Sustainability for Hensel means being We have signed the Code of Conduct
responsible in the sense of preserving by the German Electrical and Electronic
resources and avoiding the use of Manufacturers Association (ZVEI)
hazardous materials (RoHS). for socially responsible company
An environmental management system is management.
exactly the same practice as restraining We have put in place a compliance system
company practices due to associated risks for the openness and transparency in our
by using a risk management system. social decision making.
Made in Germany
5
References
Happy customers are

the best reference
Due to its consistent quality philosophy, The high quality of Hensel products offers
Hensel-brand products have established the highest level of protection against
themselves in a wide variety of industries. corrosion and accidents involving electric
They are standard products in all types of current. They are resistant to UV radiation,
installations, due not only to their stable impacts, dust and water.
design and resistance especially in difficult Regardless of whether the air is impaired
environments. The positive resonance because of heat, cold, moisture or dirt;
of the market and satisfaction of our Hensel-brand products can be easily used
customers speak for themselves. in extreme environments and under tough
conditions.
References
Hensel products installed in
demanding areas of application,
see www.hensel-electric.de
References
6
References
Hensel products guarantee safety in
Agriculture and Farming Metal, Wood and Paper Processors

Automotive Industries Mining
Banks and Insurance Offices Photovoltaic Plants
Cement Factories Power Stations
Coldstorage Facilities Residential and Non-residential Buildings
Gas Stations and Pipelines Schools and Universities
Hospitals and Clinics Stadia and Sport Centres
Hotels and Cinema Complexes Telecommunications
Industrial, Commercial and Company Buildings Traffic Infrastructure Buildings
Leisure and Commercial Centres (Malls) Tunnels and Road Construction
Marine Environments Water and Waste Water Treatment Plants
7
Production
State of the art technology,

Clever logistics
To guarantee optimum production High performance tool design and highly
conditions, Hensel has four German qualified employees guarantee state-of-
production sites with an extensive range of the-art injection mould and metal working
state-of-the-art machinery and equipment. tools.
It includes high-performance plastic Refined logistics assures optimal and low-

injection-molding machinery and state-of- cost customer care.
the-art metal-working technology. Surface
coating and assembly equipment meet the
highest quality requirements.
Made in Germany
8
Service
Customized solutions 10
Seminars and trainings 11
Fairs and mobile exhibitions 12
Internet and digital communication 13
Professional project engineering 14
9
Service
Customized solutions
Enclosures on customer request
for individual applications
Production beyond of our series production Describe your conceptions and desires to
can meet special technical requirements for our specialist, we ensure for the fact that
cable junction boxes. your special requirements are to find an
Planning, engineering and manufacturing of individual solution.
these individual solutions is our part. The more detailed your instructions
(sketches etc.) are, the faster we can offer
As a matter of course our customized a reliable and economical solution.
products comply to the valid standards.
Your advantages:
Individual cutouts - round or angular -
in enclosure walls
Enclosures with pre-mounted cable
glands
Pre-mounted individual terminal assign-
ment in enclosures
Minimum number of copies for special

productions:
100 pieces for each order.
Example:
Low voltage halogen lighting - 5 drillings for
grommets M 12 in lower box wall
Example:
Antenna tap 3 drillings for cable glands
M 12 in lower box wall
10
Seminars and Tranings at the factory
Always one important step ahead

In your region Hensel and its Agents can You can ask your questions and some-
organize local trainings and seminars, times even practical problems are being
where the main technical features and solved during the training.
highlights are shown, discussed, explained Hensel seminars and trainings are a very
and sometimes also mounted. good opportunity for you to increase
Highly qualified staff with practical experi- your knowledge and to be one step
ence, sometimes small product exhibitions, ahead of your competition.
applications and references from all over Ask your local supplier about the next
the world, gives you the chance to learn planned seminars in your region.
many details and advantages within a
short period of time.
11
Service
Locally rooted, internationally

underway
Trade fairs
Participation in trade fairs and exhibitions

is part of successful customer care.
In addition to the Light + Building show

in Frankfurt, the regional electrotechnical
trade shows in Germany and abroad are InfoMobil: Mobile exhibitions
very important to both electrical specialists
and ourselves. We are also pleased to inform you about
our system solutions and new products on
We look forward to your visit! site in our mobile exhibitions.
12
Service
Communication, Internet
The aim of our media presence is to
always well informed provide at any time the latest information
about our company and its products
for the electrician, the employee in the
electrical wholesale trade, the industrial
electrician or the planner.
News and Information:
www.hensel-electric.de
Hensel-News on Facebook!
facebook.com/henselelectric
Follow us onTwitter!
twitter.com/henselelectric
Hensel videos on YouTube!

youtube.com/henselelectric
Contents:
Products with technical details
Service
Company with history
References
Career
Contact
Up to date
Noticing list
High-speed search of products
Mobile catalogue
On-line purchase order forms for
Hensel webpages for your
catalogues and service offers
Smartphone
Download of
- price lists
Now you can visit the Hensel website with
- advertisement texts
your Smartphone. Via a mobile Web brow-
- conformity declarations
ser, you can open the website. The mobile
- further documentations
catalogue has been created specifically for
smartphones. All information will be shown
on your Smartphone compact and easy to
match the screen size.
QR codes
Go to information, save and process it with just one click!
QR codes are square, two-dimensional bar codes, texts, links and phone numbers can be
included. With the help of smart phones and a reader software, such information may be
accessed. The Reader software is usually free.
QR codes can be found in this catalogue. For example, scan this QR code,
then look at the one-click installation ENYSTAR movie on your phone.
13
Service
Professional
project engineering
ENYGUIDE - the professional planning

aid, with which the electrical specialist can
provide himself fast and easily layouts and
parts lists without any time-consuming
program installation at the computer.
Configurator ENYGUIDE supports project

engineering with ENYSTAR and Mi Distri-
bution boards
- online via InterNet
- or offline
With the new configuration software the

electrical specialist can provide himself
fast and easily layouts and parts lists
without any time-consuming program
installation at the computer.
The professional planning aid plots the
distribution board as precise 3-dimen-
sional image or final customers and/or
the user or as 2-dimensional drawing for
the assembler. All planning aids can be ordered in the Internet under
ENYGUIDE figures out independently www.hensel-electric.de under the column service or also
the necessary accessories like the num- directly at
ber of wall sepatators or closing plates Gustav Hensel GmbH & Co. KG
for enclosure walls. Industrial Electrical Power Distribution Systems
Altenhundem, Gustav-Hensel-Str. 6, D-57368 Lennestadt, Germany
Telefon: +49 - (0) 2723/609-0, Telefax: +49 - (0) 2723/60052
www.enyguide.eu E-Mail: info@hensel-electric.de, www.hensel-electric.de
14
DK Cable Junction Boxes

- 1.5 up to 240 mm
- Degree of protection IP 54-67
- Cable Junction Boxes are VDE tested in accordance with IEC 60670-22
Assembling
videos
15
Content
Criteria for selecting 18 - 19

Box walls 20
With FIXCONNECT plug-in technology for copper conductors

from 1.5 up to 16 mm2
IP 65/IP 55
cable entry via metric knockouts 22
With or without terminals

IP 65/IP 55
cable entry via metric knockouts
- with terminals for copper conductors 24 - 29
- without terminals 30 - 31
Box walls without knockouts
IP 65
box walls without knockouts, can be drilled individually for customized requirements
- without terminals, for electrical equipment up to 63 A 35 - 36
- Accessories 37 - 39
Cable entry via elastic membranes and integrated M20 thread

up to 4 mm2
IP 55
- without terminals 41
- with terminals for copper conductors 41
Cable entry via cable, cable trunking and conduits

IP 54
- with terminals for copper conductors 43
- without terminals, Accessories 44
Cable entry via elastic membranes

IP 55
- with terminals for copper conductors, grey RAL 7035 46
- without terminals, grey RAL 7035 47
- with terminals for copper conductors, white RAL 9016 48
- without terminals, white RAL 9016, Accessories 49
Cable entry via elastic membranes from the rear and by box walls and lid
from 1.5 up to 2.5 mm2
IP 55
for the clip-on attachment
- with terminals for copper conductors, grey RAL 7035 51
- without terminals, grey RAL 7035 51
- with terminals for copper conductors, white RAL 9016 52
- without terminals, white RAL 9016 52
For aluminium- (Alu) and copper (Cu) conductors

IP 65/55
- with terminal blocks for aluminium- (Alu) and copper (Cu) conductors 54 - 60
"Weatherproof" - for outdoor installation - harsh environment and/or outdoor

IP 66
cable/conduit entry via metric knockouts
- with / without terminals, colours grey RAL 7032, black RAL 9011 62 - 69
box walls without knockouts
- without terminals, colours grey RAL 7032, black RAL 901 71 - 74
16
Content
"Weatherproof" - for outdoor installation - harsh environment and/or outdoor

IP 66 / IP 65 with UL/CSA approval, (Nema 4X)
box walls without knockouts, can be drilled individually
"Waterproof" - for outdoor installation - harsh environment and/or outdoor

from 1,5 up to 10 mm2
- for encapsulating, colours grey RAL 7032, black RAL 9011 NEW 80 - 84
For offshore / heavy duty applications

IP 66 / IP 67
- with / without terminals 86 - 90
Tested for intrinsic fire resistance

IP 65 / IP 66
- material: duroplast, cable entry via included grommets, IP 65 94 - 95, 101
- material: sheet steel, powder-coated, cable entry via mounted grommets, IP 66 96 - 100, 101
For special applications

IP 55 / IP 65
- for security lighting circuits, with red lid 103
- for equipotential bonding conductors 104
With main line branch terminals

from 25 up to 35 mm2
IP 55 / IP 65
- with terminal blocks for copper conductors 25 mm and 35 mm 106 - 107
With terminal blocks for aluminium- (Alu) and copper conductors (Cu)
IP 65
- Terminal boxes with terminal blocks 109 - 111
Accessories 113 - 121
Technical Details 123 - 134
Additional information and planning tools (e.g. CAD parts libraries)

can be found on the Internet at www.hensel-electric.in
17
Criteria for Selecting
Applications Functions
Branching and Branching and
connecting of connecting of
copper conduc- aluminium and
tors copper conduc-
tors
In rooms with dry climate Pages 22-52 Pages 54-60
In damp and wet environments
Protected outdoors (refer to technical details)
On flameable parts of buildings
In buildings with mainly inflammable materials
In areas with a high risk of fire
Cable trunking installation Pages 43-44
Intrinsic fire resistance Pages 94-101
"Waterproof" for encapsulating Pages 80-84
Weatherproof, for outdoor installation (harsh Pages 62-74

environment and/or outdoor)
Improved behaviour in cases of fire
ame-resistant and halogen-free
Offshore applications Pages 86-92
Security lighting circuits Page 103
Equipotential bonding Page 104

PA
UL Approval Page 76-77
DNV Approval Pages 62-92

Germanisch Lloyd
Russian Maritime Register of Shipping
18
Criteria for Selecting
Connecting solid Combining multi- 2 circuits Main line branch Without terminals Box walls
conductors and ple control wires in one box terminals without
stranded conduc- to one control knockouts
tors cable
Page 54-55 Pages 109-111 Pages 43-44 Page 106-107 Pages 30-36, Pages 33-36
Pages 109-111 DP 9220, Page 41 DN 2000, all Boxes,
DP 9221, DN 2030, Pages 71-74, 76-77
DP 9222 Page 44, 47 Page 91-92
Page 48 DE 9321,
Page 49,
Page 51 DE 9220,
Page 52 DE 9221,
Pages 64-65, 68-69,
71-74, 76-77, 89-92
Page 103 D 9220,
D 9240
Pages 43-44 Page 44
DP 9220,
DP 9221,
DP 9222
Pages 64-65 Pages 71-74

Pages 68-69
Pages 71-74
Pages 89-92 Page 91-92
Page 76-77
Pages 64-65, 68-69 Pages 71-74, 89-92

Pages 71-74, 89-92
19
DK Cable junction boxes
Box Walls
Assignment of box walls: 4 All box walls are listed in the

The assignment of box walls is effected via wall symbols that are 5 Wand 5 fold-out of the coverpages.
assigned to each product. The individual figures 2 give an indication, 6
which wall is concerned.
Wall 1 Wall 14 Wall 22

1 x M 20 3 x M 25/32 1 x Elastic
membranes
Wall 2 Wall 15
1 x M 20/25 2 x M 25/32 Wall 23
1 x M 40/50 2 x Elastic
Wand 3 membranes
2 x M 20 Wall 16
3 x M 32/40 Wall 24
Wall 4 3 x Elastic
Wall 17 membranes
2 x M 20/25
4 x M 25/32
Wall 5 1 x M 40/50
1 x M 20/25
1 x M 25/32
Wall 18 Wall 25
Wall 6
4 x M 25 1 x Removable-
2 x M 25/32
3 x M 40/50 system
Wall 7
Wall 19 Wall 26
2 x M 32
4 x M 40/50 system
Wall 8
2 x M 32/40 Wall 20 Wall 27
Wall 9 10 x M 25 system
2 x M 40 1 x M 32/40
Wall 28
Wall 10 Wall 21 4 x Removable-
2 x M 20/25 1 x M 20 system
1 x M 25/32 4 x M 25
1 x M 32/40
3 x M 40/50
Wall 11 Wall 29
2 x M 20/25 1 x M 63
1 x M 32/40
Wall 30
Wall 12 2 x M 50
1 x M 20/25
1 x M 25/32 Wall 31
1 x M 40/50
4 x up to 16 mm
1 x up to 35 mm
Wall 13
1 x M 20/25
2 x M 40/50
20
with Terminals in Plug-in Technology
Cable Entry via Metric Knockouts
Plenty of space for the wiring: Different conductor types - rigid (r) and Conductors can be directly
Wiring facilities both below the DIN rails flexible (f) without treatment of conduc- connected and disconnected with
and between the terminals. tors - can be connected in one terminal. installed terminal.
Stainless steel cover screws with quick Labelling

system for circuit description Burning behaviour:
fastening metric thread. Labeltemplate on the Internet at Glow wire test according
Reducing cover xing time. www.hensel-electric.de - in the to IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
Downloads area. flame-retardant, self-extinguishing
21
with Terminals in Plug-in Technology
KC 9045 10
6 Wall 5
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 10
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology 139 70

5-pole per pole 4 x 1 x 1,5-4 mm sol/f, terminal technology,
119
see annex DK Cable junction boxes
included cable entry: 4 ESM 25, sealing range 9-17 mm
for normal environment and protected outdoor
rated insulation voltage AC/DC 690 V

current carrying capacity 32 A
KC 9255 16
8 Wall 8
2.5-10 mm, Cu 3~ 11

5-pole per pole 4 x 1 x 2.5-10 mm r/f
160

KC 9355 13
15 Wall 15
2.5-16 mm, Cu 3~ 13

210

22
Variable terminal mounting Stainless steel cover screws with quick Hensel cable junction boxes can in
positions (5 positions) and fastening metric thread. general also be used in poor
new terminal technology Reducing cover xing time. environmental conditions by using
IP 65 cable glands AKM/ASM.
Included
accessories as listed: Labelling
grommets ESM = IP 55 Labeltemplate on the Internet at Glow wire test according
www.hensel-electric.de - in the to IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C / 960 C,
Downloads area. flame-retardant, self-extinguishing
23
D 9025 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 1
with terminals 88 53
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol
88

tightening torque for terminal 1,2 Nm
D 9125 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 1
88
with external fixing

D 9145 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 1
5-pole per pole 6 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 3 x 4 mm sol,
98
2 x 6 mm sol

D 9045 4
4 Wall 4
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 2
98
2 x 6 mm sol

24
K 9065 10
6 Wall 5
2.5-6 mm, Cu 3~ 10

5-pole per pole 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 4 x 4 mm sol, 3 x 6 mm sol,
119
2 x 10 mm sol

K 9105 14
6 Wall 6
4-10 mm, Cu 3~ 10

125
4 x 10 mm sol, 2 x 16 mm s

K 9255 16
8 Wall 8
10-25 mm, Cu 3~ 11

5-pole per pole 6 x 10 mm sol, 4 x 16 mm s, 4 x 25 mm s,
2 x 35 mm s 160

K 9502 12
17 Wall 17
10-35 mm, Cu 3~ 12

2 x 35 mm s
310

25
K 9355 15
13 Wall 13
16-35 mm, Cu 3~ 15

5-pole per pole 6 x 16 mm s, 4 x 25 mm s, 4 x 35 mm s,
2 x 50 mm s
260

K 9504 12
17 Wall 17
16-50 mm, Cu 3~ 12

4-pole per polel 6 x 16 mm s, 4 x 25 mm s, 4 x 35 mm s,
4 x 50 mm s
cable entry via knockouts,
310
order AKM/ASM separately (refer to index cable entry systems)

K 9505 12
17 Wall 17
16-50 mm, Cu 3~ 12

4 x 50 mm s
cable entry via knockouts,
310
order AKM/ASM separately (refer to index cable entry systems)

K 7055 20
21 Wall 21
16-50 mm, Cu 3~ 20

4 x 50 mm s
sealable
Order cable glands, flanges and other accessories separately as
450
required

26
K 7004 20
21 Wall 21
16-70 mm, Cu 3~ 20

4-pole per pole 4 x 16-70 mm s
sealable
required
450

K 7005 20
21 Wall 21
16-70 mm, Cu 3~ 20

5-pole per polel 4 x 16-70 mm s
sealable
required
450

K 1204 20
21 Wall 21
16-150 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 20

4-pole per pole 2 x 16-150 mm, 4 x 16-70 mm,
conductors can be inserted from the front into the clamping unit,
terminal technology, see annex DK Cable junction boxes
sealable
450

required
Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the
oxide film, for example with a knife, (Please do not use rasps,
emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end
is to rub in with acid and alkali free fat for example vaseline,
and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the
conductor was disconnected and connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are
to be re-tightened before start-up and after the first 200
operation hours.

27
K 1205 20
21 Wall 21
16-150 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 20

sealable
450
required
operation hours.

K 2404 20
19 Wall 19
25-240 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 18

4-pole per pole 2 x 25-185/240 mm, 4 x 25-120 mm,
sealable
600
required
operation hours.

28
K 2405 20
19 Wall 19
25-240 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 18

sealable
600
required
operation hours.

29
D 9020 3
3 Wall 3
1
without terminals 88 53
88
D 9120 3
3 Wall 3
1
88
D 9140 3
3 Wall 3
1
98
D 9040 4
4 Wall 4
2
98
K 9060 10
6 Wall 5
10

119
K 9100 14
6 Wall 6
10

125
30
K 9250 16
8 Wall 8
11

160
K 9350 13
15 Wall 15
13

210
K 9500 12
17 Wall 17
12

cable entry via knockouts, order AKM/ASM separately
(refer to index cable entry systems)
310
31
Box Walls without Knockouts
Cable entries can be drilled Labelling

system for circuit description Stainless steel cover screws with quick
individually. Labeltemplate on the Internet at fastening metric thread.
www.hensel-electric.de - in the Reducing cover xing time.
Downloads area.
Burning behaviour:
Glow wire test according
to IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
flame-retardant, self-extinguishing
32
D 8020
88
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry max. M 20
wall thickness of the bottom part 2,3 mm
D 8120
88
D 8040
98
K 8060

119

K 8100

125

33
K 8250

160
wall thickness of the bottom part 3 mm
K 8350

210
K 8500

310
34
K 0100
with transparent lid 300 170

lidfasteners for tool operation
150
please order DIN rails or mounting plates additionally
rated current for electrical devices up to 63 A

K 0200

300

K 0300

450

K 0400

600

35
K 0101
with opaque lid 300 170

150

K 0201

300

K 0301

450

K 0401

600

36
Empty Boxes
Accessories for Cable Junction Boxes K0x0x
Mi TS 15
DIN rail
length 134 mm
in accordance with DIN EN 60 715 15
134
for Mi Empty box size 1
35
for equipment or terminals with clip-on mounting
with fixing screws
Mi TS 30
DIN rail
length 284 mm
284
for Mi empty box sizes 1 to 8
35
with fixing screws
Mi TS 45
DIN rail
length 434 mm
434
for Mi empty box size 3
35
with fixing screws
Mi TS 60
DIN rail
length 584 mm
584
for Mi empty box sizes 4 and 8
35
with fixing screws
Mi MP 1
Mounting plate
W 259 x H 115 mm
material thickness 4 mm 259
forMi-Empty boxes sizes 1, 2, 3, 4
115
with fixing screws
Mi MP 2
Mounting plate
W 265 x H 265 mm
forMi-Empty boxes sizes 2 to 8
265
with fixing screws
37
Empty Boxes
Mi MP 3
Mounting plate
W 265 x H 415 mm
forMi-Empty boxes sizes 3, 4
with fixing screws
415
Mi MP 4
Mounting plate
W 265 x H 565 mm
with fixing screws
565
Mi PL 2
Sealing cap
2 sealing caps for converting the lid fasteners
Mi SR 4
Conversion set
for manual operation on tool operation
4 fastening covers
Mi SN 4
Conversion set
for converting lid fasteners from tool to
manual operation
4 manual actuators
38
Empty Boxes
Mi DV 01
Locking device insertion
only in connection with Mi PL 2, Mi SR 4 or Mi SN 4
Mi ZS 11
Lid lock
with locking device I
Isbeing used instead of fasteners for hand or tool operation in
order to prevent unauthorised opening of the lids
consisting of: cylinder lock, keys, locking device insertion, dust
cover
Mi ZS 12
Lid lock
with locking device II
Isbeing used instead of fasteners for hand or tool operation in
order to prevent unauthorised opening of the lids
consisting of: cylinder lock, keys, locking device insertion, dust
cover
Mi DR 04
Lid fastener for tool operation
triangle 8 mm
is used instead of fasteners for hand- or tool operation, in order to
make unauthorized opening of lids more difficult
4 locking devices with triangle 8 mm and key
DS 1
Triangular key 8 mm
Mi AL 40
4 stainless steel external brackets
for external fixing of enclosures
39
Cable Entry via Elastic Membranes and Integrated M 20 Thread
IP 55 with cable entry via IP 65 with ADM 20 cable gland without Captive cover screws with
elastic membranes. locknut. The gland is secured by an quick-release lock.
integrated M 20 thread.
Burning behaviour:
Glow wire test according
to IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
40
DK Cable Junction boxes
Cable Entry via Elastic Membranes and Integrated M 20 Thread
DN 2035 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 3
85
cable entry via elastic membranes and integrated M 20 thread
8 elastic membranes, closed, sealing range 3-12 mm
included cable entry: 3 ADM 20, sealing range 6,5-13,5 mm

DN 2005 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 3
85

DN 2030 3
3 Wall 3
3
85
included cable entry: 3 ADM 20, sealing range 6,5-13,5 mm
DN 2000 3
3 Wall 3
3
85

ADM 20
ISO thread M 20 x 1.5
sealing range 6,5-13,5 mm
with strain relief
for indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C
tightening torque 2,0 Nm
41
Cable Entry via Knockouts
for Cable Trunking and Conduit Installation
Simply cut out cable trunking wall The cables can be inserted from the Stainless steel cover screws with quick
to the required width. front! No threading of cables neccessary! fastening metric thread.
Supplied accessory grommets Reducing cover xing time.
DPS 02 = IP 54
The clean installation solution for cable Labelling

trunking! Labeltemplate on the Internet at Glow wire test according
Removable trunking adapters www.hensel-electric.de - in the to IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
for connection of cable trunkings Downloads area. flame-retardant, self-extinguishing
to junction boxes.
42
DP 9025 26
26 Wall 26
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 25
88
for cable trunking and conduit installation
included cable entry: 4 DPS 02, sealing range 10-13,5 mm

DP 9221 28
27 Wall 27
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 27

119

DP 9222 28
27 Wall 27
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 27
with 2 terminals 139 50

119

DPC 9225 28
27 Wall 27
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 27

5-pole per pole 4 x 1 x 1.5-2.5 mm sol/f, terminal technology,
119


43
DP 9020 26
26 Wall 26
25
88
DP 9220 28
27 Wall 27
27

119
DPS 02
Removable grommet
degree of protection: IP 54 sealing range 10-13.5 mm
for retrofitting
for cable junction boxes DP 9020, DP 9220, DP 9025, DP 9221, DP 9222, DP 9026, DPC 9225
ERA 20
Removable conduit adapter
for wiring conduits M 20
EKA 20
Removable trunking adapter
for mini trunking up to 20 x 20 mm
44
Cable Entry via Elastic Membranes
No punching tool required - insert the Grommet supplied for sealing membra- Labelling
system for circuit description
conductor and its done nes in case of modifications. Labeltemplate on the Internet at
Degree of protection IP 55 www.hensel-electric.de - in the
Downloads area.
Box wall with 3 cable entries Stainless steel cover screws with quick Burning behaviour:
fastening metric thread. Glow wire test according
Reducing cover xing time. to IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
45
DE 9325 24
23 Wall 23
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 24
88
10 elastic membranes, closed cable entries,
sealing range 6.5-16 mm

DE 9345 24
23 Wall 23
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 24
98
2 x 6 mm sol

DE 9335 24
23 Wall 23
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 24
terminals with wire protection 88 47

5-pole per pole 4 x 1.5 mm sol/s/f, 4 x 2.5 mm sol/s/f,
88
2 x 4 mm sol/s/f
with cable retention (2 pc.) for cable tie up to 6.5 mm width

rated current 32 A
Dismantling length 6 mm
46
DE 9320 24
23 Wall 23
24
88
DE 9340 24
23 Wall 23
24
98
DE 9330 24
23 Wall 23
24
88
DE 9350 24
23 Wall 23
24
98
47
DE 9326 24
23 Wall 23
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 24
88

DE 9346 24
23 Wall 23
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 24
98
2 x 6 mm sol

DE 9336 24
23 Wall 23
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 24
terminals with wire protection 88 47

5-pole per pole 4 x 1.5 mm sol/s/f, 4 x 2.5 mm sol/s/f,
88
2 x 4 mm sol/s/f

rated current 32 A
DE 9321 24
23 Wall 23
24
88

48
DE 9341 24
23 Wall 23
24
98
DE 9331 24
23 Wall 23
24
88
DE 9351 24
23 Wall 23
24
98
KHR 01
Cable retention
for cable diameter 6,5 - 14 mm
setwith 10 x 6 cable rentention rings
30 pieces for cable diameter 6,5 - 10 mm
30 pieces for cable diameter 10 - 14 mm
KHR 02
Cable retention
for cable diameter 10 - 16 mm
DK ZE 10
Cable retention
set with 10 pieces
forfixing in the bottom part of DK-cable junction boxes
cable retention with cable clip up to 6.5 mm
49
in Bottom and Box Walls
Cable entry from the rear via elastic Lidfor clip-on attachment. Cable entry via elastic membranes
membranes in the bottom Reducing cover xing time in box walls
Flexible elastic membranes - Burning behaviour:

no cable glands required. Glow wire test according
Push through and tight! to IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
50
DE 9225 23
24 Wall 24
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 23
76
box walls with 10 elastic membranes, closed, sealing range
3-14 mm, bottom with 2 elastic membranes, closed
lid with clip-on attachment

DE 9220 23
24 Wall 24
23
76
DK ZE 10
Cable retention
set with 10 pieces
KHR 01
Cable retention
KHR 02
Cable retention
DE MB 10
Assembly bracket
external brackets 10 units 70
55
material: thermoplastics
10
18
6
for quick installation of cable junction boxes DE 922. and DN 20.. 10 6 6
51
DE 9226 23
24 Wall 24
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 23
76

DE 9221 23
24 Wall 24
23
76
DK ZE 10
Cable retention
set with 10 pieces
KHR 01
Cable retention
KHR 02
Cable retention
DE MB 10
Assembly bracket
55
10
18
6
52
with Terminals for Aluminium and Copper Conductors
Degree of protection up to IP 65. In the Separate clamping units for Labelling

system for circuit description.
case of twisted cables, cable glands aluminium and copper conductors Labeltemplate on the Internet at
are required in principle to achieve the www.hensel-electric.de - in the
degree of protection IP 54. Downloads area.
Stainless steel cover screws with quick Burning behaviour:

fastening metric thread. Glow wire test according
53
D 9041 4
4 Wall 4
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 2
5-pole per polel 4 x 1.5 mm sol/f, 4 x 2.5 mm sol/f, conductors
98
are inserted into the screw-type terminal, terminal technology,
In the case of twisted cables, cable glands are required in
principle to achieve the degree of protection IP 54.
operation hours.

K 9061 10
6 Wall 5
1.5-4 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 10

5-pole per pole 4 x 1.5 mm sol/f, 4 x 2.5 mm sol/f, 4 x 4 mm
119
sol/f, conductors are inserted into the screw-type terminal,
operation hours.

54
K 9351 13
15 Wall 15
6-16 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 13

5-pole per polel 4 x 6 mm sol/f, 4 x 10 mm sol/f, 4 x 16 mm
sol/s/f, conductors are inserted into the screw-type terminal,
210
operation hours.

KF 9251 16
8 Wall 8
1.5-50 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 11
with connecting terminal 200 98

5-pole per pole 2 x 1 x 1.5-50 mm, conductors are inserted into
160
the screw-type terminal, terminal technology,
included cable entry: 2 EDK 40, sealing range 11-30 mm
operation hours.

tightening torque for terminal 1.5 Nm 1.5-2.5 mm
5.0 Nm 4-10 mm
12,0 Nm 16-50 mm
55
KF 9501 12
17 Wall 17
1.5-50 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 12
with connecting terminal 210 117

5-pole per pole 2 x 1 x 1.5-50 mm, conductors are inserted into
the screw-type terminal, terminal technology,
310
included cable entry: 2 EDK 40, sealing range 11-30 mm
operation hours.

tightening torque for terminal 1.5 Nm 1.5-2.5 mm
5.0 Nm 4-10 mm
12,0 Nm 16-50 mm
K 7051 20
21 Wall 21
2.5-50 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 20

5-pole per pole 4 x 2.5-50 mm, conductors are inserted into the
screw-type terminal, terminal technology,
sealable
450

required
operation hours.

current carrying capacity Cu, 150 A
Alu, 120 A
56
K 7042 20
21 Wall 21
10-95 mm Cu/Alu 3~ 20

4-pole per pole 2 x 10-95 mm, conductors can be inserted from
the front into the clamping unit, terminal technology,
sealable
450
required
operation hours.

K 7052 20
21 Wall 21
10-95 mm Cu/Alu 3~ 20

5-pole per pole 2 x 10-95 mm, conductors can be inserted from
the front into the clamping unit, terminal technology,
sealable
450

required
operation hours.

57
K 9951 20
21 Wall 21
6-95 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 20

5-pole per pole 4 x 6-95 mm, conductors are inserted into the
450
required
operation hours.

tightening torque for terminal 12.0 Nm 6-25 mm
22.0 Nm 35-95 mm
K 1204 20
21 Wall 21
16-150 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 20

4-pole per pole 2 x 16-150 mm, 4 x 16-70 mm, conductors can
be inserted from the front into the clamping unit,
sealable
450

required
operation hours.

58
K 1205 20
21 Wall 21
16-150 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 20

sealable
450
required
operation hours.

K 2404 20
19 Wall 19
25-240 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 18

sealable
600
required
operation hours.

59
K 2405 20
19 Wall 19
25-240 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 18

sealable
600
required
operation hours.

K 2401 20
19 Wall 19
35-240 mm, Cu/Alu 3~ 18

5-pole per pole 4 x 35-240 mm, conductors are inserted into the
sealable
600
required
operation hours.

tightening torque for terminal 26.0 Nm 35-120 mm
55.0 Nm 150-240 mm
60
Weatherproof, for Outdoor Installation
Degree of protection IP 66 KF-Cable junction boxes comply with Degree of protection IP 66 using cable
Flame retardant, self-extinguishing, regulatory restrictions for buildings with glands ASS.. (colour black) or cable
made of high-grade material: requirements regarding the structural fire glands ASM.. (colour grey), available as
PC-GFS, glass-bre reinforced protection! an accessory.
thermoplastics, impact proof halogen-free, silicone-free:
low toxicity, low fume development
Stainless steel cover screws with quick Burning behaviour:

fastening metric thread. Glow-wire test 960C
Reducing cover xing time. according to IEC 60 695-2-11,
UL Subject 94: V-0
ame-retardant, self-extinguishing
61
KF 9025 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 1
88
cable entry via knockouts, order ASM separately
"Outdoor - harsh environment and (or) outdoor"

KF 9045 4
4 Wall 4
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 2
98
2 x 6 mm sol

KF 9065 10
6 Wall 5
2.5-6 mm, Cu 3~ 10

119
2 x 10 mm sol

KF 9105 14
6 Wall 6
4-10 mm, Cu 3~ 10

125
4 x 10 mm sol, 2 x 16 mm s

62
KF 9255 16
8 Wall 8
10-25 mm, Cu 3~ 11

160
2 x 35 mm s

KF 9355 15
13 Wall 13
16-35 mm, Cu 3~ 15

2 x 50 mm s
260

KF 9505 12
17 Wall 17
16-50 mm, Cu 3~ 12

4 x 50 mm s
310


63
KF 9020 3
3 Wall 3
1
88
KF 9040 4
4 Wall 4
2
98
KF 9060 10
6 Wall 5
10

119
KF 9100 14
6 Wall 6
10

125

KF 9250 16
8 Wall 8
11

160

64
KF 9350 13
15 Wall 15
13

210
KF 9500 12
17 Wall 17
12

310
65
KF 5025 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 1
88
cable entry via knockouts, order ASS separately

KF 5045 4
4 Wall 4
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 2
98
2 x 6 mm sol

KF 5065 10
6 Wall 5
2.5-6 mm, Cu 3~ 10

119
2 x 10 mm sol

KF 5105 14
6 Wall 6
4-10 mm, Cu 3~ 10

125
4 x 10 mm sol, 2 x 16 mm s

66
KF 5255 16
8 Wall 8
10-25 mm, Cu 3~ 11

160
2 x 35 mm s

KF 5355 15
13 Wall 13
16-35 mm, Cu 3~ 15

2 x 50 mm s
260

KF 5505 12
17 Wall 17
16-50 mm, Cu 3~ 12

4 x 50 mm s
310


67
KF 5020 3
3 Wall 3
1
88
KF 5040 4
4 Wall 4
2
98
KF 5060 10
6 Wall 5
10

119
KF 5100 14
6 Wall 6
10

125

KF 5250 16
8 Wall 8
11

160

68
KF 5350 13
15 Wall 15
13

210
KF 5500 12
17 Wall 17
12

310
69
Cable entries can be drilled individually Labelling

system for circuit description. Stainless steel cover screws with quick
Labeltemplate on the Internet at fastening metric thread.
www.hensel-electric.de - in the Reducing cover xing time.
Downloads area.
Burning behaviour:
Glow-wire test 960 C
according to IEC 60 695-2-11,
UL Subject 94: V-0
70
KF 8020
88
KF 8040
98
KF 8060

119
KF 8100

125

71
KF 8250

160
KF 8350

210
KF 8500

wall thickness of the bottom part 3 mm 310
72
KF 4020
88
KF 4040
98
KF 4060

119
KF 4100

125

73
KF 4250

160
KF 4350

210
KF 4500

wall thickness of the bottom part 3 mm 310
74
Approved for United States and Canada (UL/CSA)
Cable junction boxes with external Cable entries can be drilled Labelling
brackets made of stainless steel. individually. Labeltemplate on the Internet at
www.hensel-electric.de - in the
Downloads area.
Approvedfor United States Stainless steel cover screws with quick Burning behaviour:
and Canada fastening metric thread. Glow-wire test 960 C
Reducing cover xing time. according to IEC 60 695-2-11,
UL Subject 94: V-0
75
KF 7020
with UL/CSA approval
88
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry M 20,
NPT 3/8" and NPT 1/2"

external brackets 2
KF 7040
98
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry M 20,
NPT 3/8" and NPT 1/2"

external brackets 2
KF 7060

119
wall surface can be drilled individually for cable entry M 20/25/32,
NPT 3/8", NPT 1/2" and NPT 3/4"

external brackets 2
KF 7100

125

NPT 3/8", NPT 1/2", NPT 3/4" and 1"

external brackets 2
76
KF 7250

160
NPT 3/8", NPT 1/2", NPT 3/4" and 1"

external brackets 4
77
Waterproof, for Encapsulating
The ingress of water and formation of

condensation are completely prevented.
The sealing compound can be easily removed
for subsequent installations or inspections.
Cable junction boxes for encapsulating Incase of re-installation or testing the Stainless steel cover screws with quick
sealing compound can be removed fastening metric thread.
easily Reducing cover xing time.
Scope of application: Scopeof application: Scope of application:

Ground level installations Pump shafts Flood areas close to rivers or
unprotected outdoor installations which
are in close proximity to the ground
78
Permanent waterproof
1 2 3
connection -
Cable junction boxes
for encapsulating
in accordance with
DIN VDE V 0606-22-100
4 5 6
Time and time again, electricians Which applications require excludes forming of condensation.
come across installation envi- waterproof connections? The sealing compound fea-
ronments whereby the ingress Pump shafts tures outstanding insula-
of water into an enclosure must tion properties. As the com-
Ground-level installation ducts
be safely excluded. Even enclo- pound is transparent, it is
in outdoor areas
sures which have a high degree possible for visual inspections of
of protection cannot guarantee Flood areas close to rivers
the installation to be carried out
this. The IP degree of protection Unprotected outdoor instal- at any time. The durable elastic
allows the ingress of non-harmful lations which are in close material is self-sealing, therefore it
quantities of water in the interior proximity to the ground is also easy for the electrical con-
of an enclosure. Why is the IP degree of pro- nections to be tested after they
Under extreme environmental tection alone not sufficient? have been sealed.
conditions, for example, the ac- All degrees of protection al- The sealing compound can be
cumulation of condensation may lowed Water ingress easily removed for repairs, subse-
result in damage to the electrical quent installations or changes to
The ingress of water and The accumulation of con-
installation or devices or cause installations.
formation of condensation densation cannot always be
these to malfunction.
are completely prevented. prevented Another benet: the sealed cable
Ventilation measures will often junction boxes also offer reliable
The sealing compound Ventilation measures cannot
suffice to prevent harmful con- protection against shock and vi-
can be easily removed for be applied in all environments
densation from forming. bration. The sealing compound
subsequent installations or
In many cases, however, ventila- The waterproof connection does not, however, provide strain
inspections.
tion is not possible, e.g. because Sealing the cable junction boxes relief as it only adheres to material
the cable junction boxes are in- with a fast setting, permanently and does not stick together. Suit-
stalled close to rivers and water elastic sealing compound com- able cable entries must also be
could enter through the vent holes. pletely the ingress of water and the used here, e.g. Hensel ASM.
Scope of application: Scope of application: Scope of application:

Installations which are in close proximity Flood areas close to rivers Ground level installations or underground
to the ground or underground
79
KF WP 3025 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 1
88
cable junction box for encapsulating
for ground installation without live loads or in risk of condensation
formation and ingress of liquids
installation permanently under water up to a depth of 1 meter
possible
with sealing compound and sealing plug
in case of re-installation or testing the sealing compound can be
removed easily
Check the expiry date of the sealing compound!
enclosure volume 250 ml
Degree of protection For totally encapsulated cable

junction boxes the degree
of protection of enclosures
according to DIN EN 60529 is
not applicable.
KF WP 3045 4
4 Wall 4
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 2
98
2 x 6 mm sol
possible
removed easily

not applicable.
80
KF WP 3065 10
6 Wall 5
2.5-6 mm, Cu 3~ 10

119
2 x 10 mm sol
possible
removed easily

not applicable.
KF WP 3105 14
6 Wall 6
4-10 mm, Cu 3~ 10

125
4 x 10 mm sol, 2 x 16 mm s
possible
removed easily

not applicable.
81
KF WP 2025 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 1
88
possible
removed easily

not applicable.
KF WP 2045 4
4 Wall 4
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 2
98
2 x 6 mm sol
possible
removed easily

not applicable.
82
KF WP 2065 10
6 Wall 5
2.5-6 mm, Cu 3~ 10

119
2 x 10 mm sol
possible
removed easily

not applicable.
KF WP 2105 14
6 Wall 6
4-10 mm, Cu 3~ 10

125
4 x 10 mm sol, 2 x 16 mm s
possible
removed easily

not applicable.
83
GH 0250
Set sealing compound, 250 ml
asspares
sealingcompound for refilling KF WP x025 after changes or repairs
GH 0350
asspares
GH 0750
asspares
GH 1200
set sealing compound, 1200 ml
asspares
84
for Offshore Applications
Degree of protection: IP 66 / IP 67 Cable entries can be drilled individually Labelling

temporary submersion Labeltemplate on the Internet at
up to 1 meter, max. 15 minutes www.hensel-electric.de - in the
with cable glands ASS.. available as an Downloads area.
accessory
Stainless steel cover screws with quick Saltwater-proof Material:

fastening metric thread. UV-resistant - halogen free
Reducing cover xing time. - impact resistant
- low toxicity
Burning behaviour: UL Subject 94 = 5V
85
KD 5025 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 1
88
"Offshore applications"
saltwater-proof
acid-resistant lid screws made of stainless steel
burning behaviour 960 C; UL Subject 94: 5 V

KD 5125 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 1

88
saltwater-proof

KD 5045 4
4 Wall 4
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 2
98
2 x 6 mm sol
saltwater-proof

86
KD 5065 10
6 Wall 5
2.5-6 mm, Cu 3~ 10

119
2 x 10 mm sol
saltwater-proof

KD 5105 14
6 Wall 6
4-10 mm, Cu 3~ 10

125
4 x 10 mm sol, 2 x 16 mm s
saltwater-proof

KD 5255 16
8 Wall 8
10-25 mm, Cu 3~ 11

160
2 x 35 mm s
saltwater-proof

87
KD 5355 15
13 Wall 13
16-35 mm, Cu 3~ 15

2 x 50 mm s
260
saltwater-proof

88
KD 5020 3
3 Wall 3
1
88
saltwater-proof
KD 5120 3
3 Wall 3
with external fixing 1
88
saltwater-proof
KD 5040 4
4 Wall 4
2
98
saltwater-proof
KD 5060 10
6 Wall 5
10

119

saltwater-proof
89
KD 5100 14
6 Wall 6
10

125
saltwater-proof
KD 5250 16
8 Wall 8
11

160
saltwater-proof
KD 5350 13
15 Wall 15
13

210
saltwater-proof
90
KD 4020
88
KD 4120
88
KD 4040
98
KD 4060

119

91
KD 4100

125
KD 4250

160
KD 4350

210

92
Tested for Intrinsic Fire Resistance,
with Included Grommets
Cable junction boxes IP 65 / IP 66 Material: Insulating material / Material: Sheet steel,

according to IEC 60670-22., Duroplast powder-coated
tested for intrinsic fire resistance.
Special characteristics: Special characteristics:
FK Cable junction boxes comply Degree of protection: IP 65 Degree of protection: IP 66
with these requirements when Impact strength: Impact strength:
used together with type-appro- IK 06 (1 Joule) IK 10 (20 Joule)
ved cables as well as suitable Mounting via internal fixing Mounting via external
cable clamps or mounting with approved universal an- brackets for use with fixings
devices. chors (included) approved by the building
Halogen-free authorities
Cable junction boxes tested Protection against electric Halogen-free
for intrinsic fire resistance shock: insulated Protection against electric
Intrinsic fire resistance accor- shock: earthed
ding to DIN 4102 part 12 No additional fire load, no
(German standard) together toxic or corrosive emissions
with function-retaining cables Protection against direct
of 0.5-16 mm contact also maintained due
Cover with 4 captive screws to the box
Pastel orange RAL 2003
93
FK 7045
7 Wall 7
Cable junction box 0.8 mm / 0.5-1.5 mm, Cu
Connection box 0,8 mm / 0,5-4 mm, Cu
5-pole per pole 4 x 0.8 mm / 0.5 mm sol, 4 x 1.5 mm sol, 122 59
2 x 2.5 mm sol, 2 x 4 mm sol
122
connecting terminal made from ceramic with resistance to high
temperatures
included cable entry 4 EDKF 32, sealing range 8-23 mm
Intrinsic fire resistance in accordance with DIN 4102 part 12 in
combination with function-retaining cables
Tested with the cable manufacturers Dtwyler, Eupen, Studer, Prysmian
and Nexans for the intrinsic fire resistance E30 and E90, see test
certificate no.: P-MPA-E-08-021, valid till July 27, 2014,
download available from www.hensel-electric.de
The enclosed screw anchors can be used for concrete C20/25,
limestone blocks KSV 12, building bricks MZ 12 and clinker bricks KS 12.

FK 7105 7
9 Wall 9
Cable junction box 1.5-4 mm, Cu 7
Connection box 1.5-10 mm, Cu

5-pole per pole 4 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 4 x 4 mm sol, 168 71
2 x 6 mm sol, 2 x 10 mm sol
143
temperatures
Tested with the cable manufacturers Dtwyler, Eupen, Studer,
Prysmian and Nexans for the intrinsic fire resistance E30 and E90,
see test certificate no.: P-MPA-E-08-021, valid till July 27, 2014,
limestone blocks KSV 12, building bricks MZ 12 and clinker bricks
KS 12.

94
FK 7165 9
9 Wall 9

5-pole per pole 4 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 4 x 4 mm sol, 242 85
4 x 6 mm sol, 2 x 10 mm sol, 2 x 16 mm r
(remove cable protection)
168
temperatures
Tested with the cable manufacturers Dtwyler, Eupen, Studer,
Prysmian and Nexans for the intrinsic fire resistance E30 and E90,
see test certificate no.: P-MPA-E-08-021, valid till July 27, 2014,
limestone blocks KSV 12, building bricks MZ 12 and
clinker bricks KS 12.

95
Tested for Intrinsic Fire Resistance
Cable Entry via Mounted Grommets
FK 9025 7
Wall
Cable junction box 0.8 mm / 0.5-1.5 mm, Cu 7
Connection box 0,8 mm / 0,5-4 mm, Cu

5-pole per pole 4 x 0.8 mm / 0.5 mm sol, 4 x 1.5 mm sol, 170
150 89
2 x 2.5 mm sol, 2 x 4 mm sol
150
110
8,2
temperatures
mounted grommets 4 EDKF 32,
sealing range: 8-23 mm, closed
Tested with cable manufacturers Dtwyler, Eupen, Nexans,
Studer, Pirelli and Lynenwerk for the intrinsic fire resistance E30 and
E90, see test certificate no.: P-MPA-E-02-032, valid till March 20, 2018,
mounted using exterior wall fixings
(for dowels refer to technical data)

FK 9105 7
Wall

5-pole per pole 4 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 4 x 4 mm sol, 170
150 89
2 x 6 mm sol, 2 x 10 mm sol
8,2
temperatures
200
160
sealing range: 8-23 mm, closed
Tested with cable manufacturers Dtwyler, Eupen, Nexans,
Studer, Pirelli and Lynenwerk for the intrinsic fire resistance E30
and E90, see test certificate no.: P-MPA-E-02-032, valid till March
20, 2018, download available from www.hensel-electric.de

96
FK 9255 9
Wall

5-pole per pole 4 x 1.5 mm sol, 4 x 2.5 mm sol, 4 x 4 mm sol, 220
200 89
4 x 6 mm sol, 2 x 10 mm sol, 2 x 16 mm r (remove cable protection)
8,2
temperatures
200
160
sealing range 11-30 mm, closed
Tested with cable manufacturers Dtwyler, Eupen, Nexans, Studer,
Pirelli and Lynenwerk for the intrinsic fire resistance E30 and E90,
see test certificate no.: P-MPA-E-02-032, valid till March 20, 2018,

FK 6505 29
30 Wall 30
Cable junction box E90 16-35 mm, Cu, "r" 29
Connection box E90 16-50 mm, Cu, "r"

5-pole per pole 6 x 16 mm, 4 x 25 mm, 4 x 35 mm, 2 x 50 mm 280
262 138
temperatures 8
534
513
Tested with the cable manufacturers Dtwyler and Eupen for the
intrinsic fire resistance E90, see test certificate no.: P-1011 DMT DO,
download available at www.hensel-electric.de > Type - Documents
mounted using exterior wall fixings, keyhole (6.5 mm dowel refer to
technical data)
rated insulation voltage Ui = 690 V a.c./d.c.

Material External brackets for wall
fixing: Stainless steel 1.4462,
resistance class IV
Enclosure including lid and outer
screws: Stainless steel 1.4571,
resistance class III
97
FK 9259 9
Wall
cable junction box with fused outgoing unit 220

200 89
D 01 neozed fuse base
5-pole terminal with 2 connecting terminals, 2 junction terminals
8,2
and 2 PE terminals, each 1.5-10 mm sol
200
160
terminal block made from ceramic with resistance to high
temperatures
sealing range 11-30 mm, closed
intrinsic fire resistance E 30 in accordance with DIN 4102 part 12
The use of this equipment requires the approval from the planning
and building control office for individual cases
Tested with cable manufacturers Dtwyler and Nexans for the
intrinsic fire resistance E30,
see test certificate no.: P-MPA-E-02-032, valid till March 20, 2018,
rated insulation voltage AC 400 V

FK 9259, with fused outgoing circuit

Can be used in emergency lighting in installations that
cover a large area (e.g. tunnels). L1
L2
The use of a fused branch circuit makes it possible to L3
supply a group of emergency luminaires with one supply N
lead. PE
PE
If one or several emergency luminaires are damaged F1
Note (D 01)
during a re, the back-up fuse is tripped and ensures selectivity of
that the power supply of the common supply lead is protective
maintained. system
The use of this equipment requires approval from

the planning department and building control Load
Emergency
office for individual cases. luminaire
98
Communication Box
FK 5000 31
31 Wall 31
Communication junction box E30 31
for the installation of connecting device

for telecommunications
without terminals 285
255 155
with mounting brackets for the installation of connecting device
for telecommunications
255
cable entry via integrated elastic membranes 10
cable entries on 4 sides 1 x up to 35 mm, 4 x up to 16 mm

each
limestone blocks KSV 12, building bricks MZ 12 and clinker bricks
KS 12.
The use of this equipment requires the approval from the planning
and building control office for individual cases
rated insulation voltage {Un = 100 V a.c.}
FK 5110
Connecting device for telecommunications
screwless for 10 pairs
LSA connection technology, solder and screwless, no insulation removal is required
for installation on mounting brackets in FK 5000
suitable for a solid conductor with diameter of 0.4 up to 0.8 mm or for two identical solid
conductors with diameters of 0.4 up to 0.65 mm
outer diameter of insulation 0.7 up to 1.6 mm
with fixing screws
FK 5120
screwless for 20 pairs
LSA connection technology, solder and screwless, no insulation removal is required
outer diameter of insulation 0.7 up to 1.6 mm
with fixing screws
99
Communication Box
FK 5210
screw-type connection for 10 pairs
screw/screw connection technology
with fixing screws
with labelling strips
FK 5220
screw-type connection for 20 pairs
screw/screw connection technology
with fixing screws
100
Cable Entry
EDKF 32
Grommets
for knockouts M 32
sealing range: 8-23 mm
bore-hole: 32.5 mm
wall thickness 1.5-3.5 mm
EDKF 40
Grommets
for knockouts M 40
bore-hole: 40.5 mm
101
for Safety Lighting Circuits
Cable junction boxes for security lighting Degree of protection IP 65 Labelling

circuits with red lid. using cable glands ASM.. available as an Labeltemplate on the Internet at
accessory www.hensel-electric.de - in the
Downloads area.
Terminal box for equipotential bonding Stainless steel cover screws with quick Burning behaviour:
cables. fastening metric thread. Glow wire test according
102
for Safety Lighting Circuits
D 9225 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm, Cu 3~ 1
88
for security lighting circuits
with red lid RAL 3000

D 9220 3
3 Wall 3
1
88
D 9245 4
4 Wall 4
1.5-4 mm, Cu 3~ 2
98
2 x 6 mm sol

D 9240 4
4 Wall 4
2
98

103
for Equipotential Bonding Conductors
Cable Entry via Removable Grommets
DP 9026 26
26 Wall 26
4-25 mm / 4-10 mm, Cu 25
1-pole 1 x 4-25 mm, 5 x 4-10 mm (16 mm sol)
88
for equipotential bonding cables
104
with Main Line Branch Terminals for Copper Conductors, Sealable
Degree of protection IP 65 Labelling

system for circuit description. Stainless steel cover screws with quick
using cable glands ASM.. available as an Labeltemplate on the Internet at fastening metric thread.
accessory www.hensel-electric.de - in the Reducing cover xing time.
Downloads area.
DK cable junction boxes with main Burning behaviour:

branch terminals for copper conductors Glow wire test according
are equipped with sealable lids. to IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
105
K 9259 16
8 Wall 8
6-25 mm, Cu 11
with main line branch terminals for copper conductors 200 98

4-pole per pole terminals for incoming cables:
160
10-25 mm r, 6-16 mm f, with end ferrule, terminals for outgoing
cables: 6-16 mm r, 4-10 mm with end ferrule
with sealing facility

tightening torque for terminal 3.0 Nm terminals for incoming
cables
terminals for outgoing cables
3.0 Nm
K 9258 16
8 Wall 8
6-25 mm, Cu 11

5-pole, per pole terminals for incoming cables
160
cables 6-16 mm r, 4-10 mm f with end ferrule

cables
3.0 Nm
K 9508 17
12 Wall 12
6-25 mm, Cu 17
210
cables: 6-16 mm r, 4-10 mm with end ferrule


cables
3.0 Nm
106
K 9503 17
12 Wall 12
6-25 mm, Cu 17
5-pole, per pole terminals for incoming cables
210
cables 6-16 mm r, 4-10 mm f with end ferrule

cables
3.0 Nm
K 9509 17
12 Wall 12
6-35 mm, Cu 17
16-35 mm r, 10-25 mm f, with end ferrule, terminals for
210
outgoing cables: 10-25 mm r, 6-16 mm f with end ferrule

tightening torque for terminal 4.0 Nm incoming terminals
3.0 Nm
K 9507 17
12 Wall 12
6-35 mm, Cu 17
5-pole per pole incoming terminals 16-35 mm r, 10-25 mm f,
with end ferrule, outgoing cables 10-25 mm r, 6-16 mm f with
210
end ferrule

tightening torque for terminal 4.0 Nm incoming terminals
3.0 Nm
107
with Terminal Blocks for Aluminium- and Copper Conductors
Other terminal sets available on

request.
Stainless steel cover screws with quick Labelling

system for circuit description. Included
accessories as listed:
fastening metric thread. Labeltemplate on the Internet at grommets ESM = IP 55
Reducing cover xing time. www.hensel-electric.de - in the
Downloads area.
DK cable junction boxes with main Burning behaviour:

branch terminals for copper conductors Glow wire test according
are equipped with sealable lids. to IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
108
RD 9123 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm 1
3 terminal blocks WKM 2.5/15 88 53

per terminal 2 x 0,5-2,5 mm f, 2 x 0,5-4 mm sol or
88
2 x 1,5-2,5 mm s,
see Technical details for more information about terminal
assignment
terminal blocks, by Wieland
for aluminium and copper conductors
terminal marking, neutral
cable/conduit entry via metric knockouts order ESM/AKM
separately (refer to index LES)

RD 9125 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm 1

88
2 x 1,5-2,5 mm s,
assignment

RD 9127 3
3 Wall 3
1.5-2.5 mm 1

88
2 x 1,5-2,5 mm s,
assignment

109
RD 9045 4
4 Wall 4
1.5-4 mm 2
5 terminal blocks WKM 4/15 98 61

per terminal 2 x 0,5-4 mm f, 2 x 0,5-6 mm sol or 2 x 1,5-4 mm s,
98
see Technical details DK cable junction boxes for more information
about terminal assignment

RD 9041 4
4 Wall 4
1.5-4 mm 2
10 terminal blocks WKM 4/15 98 61

98

RK 9062 10
6 Wall 5
1.5-4 mm 10
12 terminal blocks WK 4/U 139 70

119


110
RK 9064 10
6 Wall 5
1.5-4 mm 10

119

RK 9109 14
6 Wall 6
1.5-4 mm 10

125

RK 9104 14
6 Wall 6
1.5-4 mm 10

125


111
Accessories
DIN rails 113

Cable retention 114
Terminal sets 115 - 117
Accessories 118
Facility for sealing 119
Accessories for cable junction boxes 70 mm 120 - 121
112
Accessories
TSD 02
DIN rail
for cable junction boxes D x020, D x120, KF x020, KD x020 57 5
15
4,2
and empty box KF PV 0100
2,5 12 8
max. installation depth 32 mm, top hat profile 15 mm
for the installation of terminal blocks
with fixing screws
TSD 04
DIN rail
for cable junction boxes D x040, KF x040, KD x040 and 82 5
15
4,2
empty box KF PV 0200
7 12 8
max. installation depth: 40 mm, top hat profile 15 mm
with fixing screws
TSK 06
DIN rail
for cable junction boxes K x060, KF x060, KF x060 105
54 7,5
33,5
35
5,5 4,5
7
max. installation depth: 44,5 mm, top hat profile 35 mm
with fixing screws
TSK 10
DIN rail
for cable junction boxes K x100, KF x100, KD x100 7,5
35
with fixing screws
TSK 25
DIN rail
for cable junction boxes K x250, KF x250, K x350, KF x350, 7,5
KD x250, KD x350 and empty boxes KF PV 0500, KF PV 0600

35

with fixing screws
TSK 35
DIN rail
for cable junction boxes K x350, KF x350, KD x350, 213 7,5
96
35
4,5
with fixing screws
TSK 50
DIN rail
for cable junction boxes K x500, KF x500 and empty box KF PV 0700 7,5
35

with fixing screws
113
Accessories
KHR 01
Cable retention
KHR 02
Cable retention
114
Accessories
DKL 04
Rated connecting capacity: 1,5-6 mm, Cu
for insertion in cable junction boxes
2 x 6 mm sol
for cable junction boxes D 8020, D 8120, D 8040, D 9020, D 9120,
D 9040, D 9220, DP 9020, DP 9220, DE 9320, DE 9321, DE 9340,
DE 9341, KF 4020, KF 4040, KF 5020, KF 5040, KF 8020, KF 8040,
KF 9020, KF 9040, KD 5020, KD 5040, KD 4020, KD 4040
complete with fixing elements

KKL 06
2 x 10 mm sol
for cable junction boxes K 8060, K 9060, KF 4060, KF 5060, KF 8060,
KF 9060, KD 5060, KD 4060

KLS 10
current carrying capacity: 63 A
4 x 10 mm sol, 2 x 16 mm s
KF 9100, KD 5100, KD 4100

KLS 25
rated connecting capacity: 6-35 mm, Cu
5-pole per pole 6 x 6 mm sol, 6 x 10 mm sol/ f*, 4 x 16 mm s/
f*, 4 x 25 mm s/ f*, 2 x 35 mm s/ f* f* = with gas-tight end ferrule
for cable junction boxes K 8250, K 8500, K 9250, K 9500, KF
4250, KF 5250, KF 5500, KF 8250, KF 8500, KF 9250, KF 9500,
KD 4250, KD 5250

115
Accessories
KLS 50
Rated connecting capacity: 16-50 mm, Cu
4-pole per polel 6 x 16 mm s, 4 x 25 mm s, 4 x 35 mm s, 4 x 50 mm s
for cable junction boxes K 9350, K 9500, K 8350, K 8500, KF 9350, KF 9500,
KF 8350, KF 8500, KF 5350, KF 5500, KF 4350, KF 4500, KD 5350,
KD 4350

KLS 51
5-pole per pole 6 x 16 mm s, 4 x 25 mm s, 4 x 35 mm s, 4 x 50 mm s
for cable junction boxes K 9350, K 9500, K 8350, K 8500, KF 9350,
KF 9500, KF 8350, KF 8500, KF 5350, KF 5500, KF 4350, KF 4500,
KD 5350, KD 4350

KLS 54
4-pole per pole 4 x 16 mm s, 4 x 25 mm s, 4 x 35 mm s, 4 x 50 mm s,
4 x 70 mm s
KF 9500

KLS 55
forinsertion in cable junction boxes
5-pole per pole 4 x 16 mm s, 4 x 25 mm s, 4 x 35 mm s, 4 x 50 mm s,
4 x 70 mm s

116
Accessories
FC L 45
FIXCONNECT terminal set consisting of 5 terminals and 2 DIN rails
for cable junction boxes K 8060, K 9060, KF 4060, KF 5060, KF 8060, KF 9060, KD 5060,
KD 4060, K 8100, K 9100, KF 4100, KF 5100, KF 8100, KF 9100, KD 5100, KD 4100

FC L 04
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal 1.5-4 mm, Cu
as a connecting terminal
forinstallation on DIN rails, 15 mm top hat profile
1-pole 4 x 1.5-4 mm r/f

117
Accessories
DK AL 2
External brackets 2 pieces
for external wall fixing of cable junction boxes type D, K, KF, KD
and empty box KF PV
slot for wall mounting for screws up to 4.5 mm diameter
Material: stainless steel V2A
DE MB 10
Assembly bracket
55
10
18
6
DPS 02
Removable grommet
for retrofitting
for cable junction boxes DP 9020, DP 9220, DP 9025, DP 9221,
DP 9222, DP 9026, DPC 9225
EKA 20
Removable trunking adapter
for mini trunking up to 20 x 20 mm
DP 9222, DP 9026, DPC 9225
ERA 20
Removable conduit adapter
for wiring conduits M 20
DP 9222, DP 9026, DPC 9225
DK BS 5
Labelling system for circuit description
set with 5 pieces
for cable junction boxes from 2.5 to 50 mm and KF PV boxes...,
can be inserted into cover fixing ducts.
for attaching of labelling strips or marking with felt tip pen
inscribable surface of 45 x 30 mm
label template on the Internet at www.hensel-electric.de -
download area
cannot be used in cable junction boxes 2.5 to 4 mm and
KF PV 01 / KF PV 02 boxes with sealing facility
118
Accessories
PLS 06
Facility for sealing
for cable junction boxes 2.5 mm: D 9x2x, D 8x2x, DE 9x2x, DP 9x2x, DPC 9225, KF 9x2x,
KF 8x2x, KF 7x2x, KF 4x2x, KF 5x2x, RD 9x2x, KD x020
for cable junction boxes 4 mm: D 9x4x, D 8x4x, DE 9x4x, KF 9x4x, KF 8x4x, KF 7x4x, KF 4x4x,
KF 5x4x, RD 9x4x, KD x040
for cable junction boxes 6 mm: K 9x6x, K 8x6x, KF 9x6x, KF 8x6x, KF 7x6x, KF 4x6x, KF 5x6x,
RD 9x6x, KD x060, KC 9045
for boxes PV 01xx, KF PV 02xx, KF PV 03xx,
The following cable junction boxes and main line junction boxes are fitted with sealable covers as
standard: K 7004, K 7005, K 7042, K 7052, K 1204, K 1205, K 2404, K 2405, K 9259, K 9508,
K 9509.
PLS 50
for cable junction boxes 10 mm: K 91xx, K 81xx, KF 91xx, KF 81xx, KF 71xx, KF 410x, KF 51xx,
KD x100
for cable junction boxes 25 mm: K 925x, K 825x, KF, 925x, KF 825x, KF 725x, KF 425x,
KF 525x, RK 91xx, KD x250, KC 9255
for cable junction boxes 35/50 mm: K 93xx, K 95xx, K 83xx, K 85xx, KF 93xx, KF 95xx, KF 83xx,
KF 85xx, KF 53xx, KF 55xx, KF 45xx, KD x350, KC 9355
for boxes KF PV 04xx, KF PV 05xx, KF PV 06xx, KF PV 07xx,
The following cable junction boxes and main line junction boxes are fitted with sealable covers as
standard: K 7004, K 7005, K 7042, K 7052, K 1204, K 1205, K 2404, K 2405, K 9259, K 9508,
K 9509.
119
Accessories for Cable Junction Boxes from 70 mm onwards
Mi AL 40
Mi FM 40
Flange
knockouts: 2 x M 25/32, 5 x M 32/40
box wall 300 mm 300
25
with fixing wedges and seal
Mi FM 50
Flange
knockouts: 2 x M 20, 4 x M 32/40/50
box wall 300 mm 300
25
Mi FM 60
Flange
knockouts: 3 x M 40/50/63
box wall 300 mm 300
25
Mi FM 63
Flange with cable arrangement space
box wall 300 mm 300
with 80
fixing wedges and seal
Mi FP 70
Flange
sealing range: 1 x 30-72 mm
box wall 300 mm 300
100
25
Mi FP 72
Flange
sealing range: 2 x each 30-72 mm
box wall 300 mm 300
116
100
25
120
Accessories for Cable Junction Boxes from 70 mm onwards
Mi FP 82
Cable insert
box wall 300 mm 300
100
divisible for cable insertion from the front
135
degree of protection IP 54 only with additional strain and pressure 45
relief (e.g. Mi ZE 62)
Mi ZE 62
Cable strain relief
for 2 cables with max. 60 mm external diameter
with fixing rail 284 mm long
to be used only in connection with cable insertion Mi FP 82
Mi SA 2
Dust protection cover
for box sizes 1 to 4
for 2 lid fittings
121
Technical Details
Dimensions in mm 123 - 124

Dimensions in mm of box walls without knockouts 125 - 126
Terminals 127 - 129
Operating and ambient conditions 130 - 132
Standards and regulations 133
FK cable junction boxes tested
for instrinsic re ressistance 134
122
Technical Details
Dimensions in mm
D 8020 88 K 8100 167

D 9020 59 53 K 9100 141
D 9220 36 37 KF 4100 133
108
KF 4020 KF 5100 82
4,2
77
KF 5020 KF 7100 54,4 64
4,2
KF 7020 KF 8100
88
66
46
KF 8020 KF 9100
KF 9020 KD 4100
125
61
KD 5020 KD 5100
66
40
99
84
27
KD 4020
38
44
D 8120 95
57
D 9120 88
KD 4120 59
40 53
KD 5120
29,6 37
K 8250 200
K 9250 173
4,2
165
KF 4250 140
KF 5250 96 98
66
34
46
88
77 79
4,2
KF 7250
KF 8250
KF 9250
27
KD 4250
38
116
100
160
133
KD 5250
77
90
D 9040
KF 5040 98
KF 9040 69 61 K 9350 54
KD 5040 36 45 KF 4350 67
KF 9350 260
4,2
KF 8350 240
KF 5350 190
76
98
46
KD 4350 138
KD 5350 96 117
77 88
4,2
36
46
D 8040
98
210
177
140
126
90
77
53
KF 4040
96
KF 7040 69 58
KF 8040 36 42
KD 4040
4,2
63
76
98
46
K 8500 310
77
280
K 9500 274
K 8060 KF 4500 248
K 9060 33 KF 5500 240
95
KF 4060 43 KF 8500
165
KF 5060 KF 9500 148 117
KF 7060 37,5 37,5 88
4,2
139
KF 8060 114
KF 9060 107
KD 4060 80
KD 5060 77 70
54 52
83,4
210
180
160
148
140
4,2
119
94
83
60
57
34
63
77
43 = usable installation space
55 with mounted cable glands
123
Technical Details
Dimensions in mm
DE 9320 88 K 7055
59 47
300
DE 9321
36
K 7004
272 170
33 K 7005
238 146
K 7042
4,2
K 7052
K 9951
76
88
K 1204
K 1205
32
422
388
450
DE 9340 98
69 52
DE 9341 36 37
4,2
7
79
98
25 113
275 x 425
37
DP 9020 88
59 K 2401 300
36 50 K 2404 272 170
14 33 K 2405 238 146
4,2
39,4
41,8
66
88
35
DP 9220 139
117
538
572
600
107
80
54,5 50
46 33
4,2
54,5
119
83
34
60
97
25 113
35
275 x 575
DN 2000/ 85
DN 2030 70
51
65
55 36
5
55
85
65
70
DE 9220/ 76 53
DE 9221 71 38
5,2
63
49
76
28
= usable installation space

when cable glands are attached
124
Technical Details
Dimensions in mm of Box Walls Without Knockouts
D 8020 73 K 8250 111,5 53

KF 8020 KF 8250
KF 4020 KF 4250
27
KF 7020 KF 7250
51
KD 4020 KD 4250
30
30
30
30
119
119
27 27
27
73 51 51
D 8120 73
51
27
53 111,5
K 8350 76 70 76
30
30
KF 8350
KF 4350
30
30
KD 4350
61
27 27
27
45
45
73
D 8040 41 41
69
69
KF 8040
KF 4040
45
45
32
KF 7040
KD 4040 61 61
36,5
36,5
61
36,5
36,5
76 70 76
32 32
K 8500 101 70 101
32
KF 8500
KF 4500
60 22
K 8060 108 61
KF 8060
KF 4060
41
KF 7060
46
KD 4060 115
115
86
86
46
41 41 61 61
41
61
108
K 8100 135 101 70 101

KF 8100
42,5
KF 4100
KF 7100
KD 4100
86
86
42,5 42,5
42,5
= usable installation area

135 in box walls
125
Technical Details
Dimensions in mm of Box Walls Without Knockouts
K 0100 300
K 0101 272 170
238 146
122
150
92
7
25 113
275 x 125
K 0200 300
K 0201 272 170
238 146
272
300
238
25 113
275 x 275
K 0300 300
272 170
K 0301 146
238
422
388
450
25 113
275 x 425
K 0400 300
K 0401 272 170
238 146
538
572
600
25 113
275 x 575
= usable installation space
126
Technical Details
Terminals
Connecting terminals for copper conductors (Cu)

Hint: The connection of different types of conductors and/or different cross-sections at one clamping unit is not permitted.
f1 = exible with end ferrule
Type of terminal Fixed in cable junction Clamping Rated Conduc- Tightening Current Rated
boxes units connecting tors to be torque carrying cross
per pole capacity connected capacity section of
mm2 and per pole terminal
types of
conductors
D 9025, D 9125, D 9225, 1 6 sol 1-2 1.2 Nm 6 mm2

D 9245, D 9045, DP 9025 4 sol 1-3
DP 9221, DP 9222 2.5 sol 1-4
DKL 04 DE 9325, DE 9326 1.5 sol 1-6
DE 9345, DE 9346
KD 5025, KD 5045
KF 5025, KF 5045
KF 9025, KF 9045,
DN 2035, KF WP 2025,
KF WP 2045, KF WP 3025
KF WP 3045
K 9065, 1 10 sol 1-2 1.5 Nm 10 mm2
KD 5065 6 sol 1-3
KF 5065, KF 9065 4 sol 1-4
KKL 06
KF WP 3065 2.5 sol 1-4
K 9105, K 8105 2 16 s 1-2 2 Nm 63 A 16 mm2
KD 5105 10 sol 1-4
KLS 10 KF 5105, KF 9105 6 sol 1-4
KF WP 2105, 4 sol 1-4
KF WP 3105 2.5 sol, f1 2-6
K 9255, K 8255, K 9502 2 35 s, f1 1-2 3 Nm 102 A 35 mm2
KD 5255 25 s, f1 1-4
KF 5255, KF 9255 16 s, f1 1-4
KLS 25 10 sol, f1 1-6
6 sol 1-6
K 9504 2 50 s 1-4 12 Nm 150 A 50 mm2
35 s 1-4
25 s 1-4
16 s 1-6
KLS 50
K 7055, K 9355, K 9505, 2 50 s 1-4 12 Nm 150 A 50 mm2
KF 9355, KF 9505, 35 s 1-4
KF 5355, KF 5505, 25 s 1-4
KD 5355, KD 4355 16 s 1-6
KLS 51
K 7004 4 70 s 1-4 10 Nm 216 A 70 mm2
50 s 1-4
35 s 1-4
25 s 1-4
4 x KLS 54 16 s 1-4
K 7005 4 70 s 1-4 10 Nm 216 A 70 mm2
50 s 1-4
35 s 1-4
25 s 1-4
5 x KLS 55 16 s 1-4
K 9259 incoming 2 25 r 1-2 3 Nm 80 A 25 mm2
K 9508 outgoing 4 16 r 1-4
K 9509 incoming 2 35 r 1-2 4 Nm 100 A 35 mm2

K 9508 outgoing 4 35 r 1-4 3 Nm
terminal for equipotential bonding:

DP 9026 for 1 continued conductor 4-25 mm2 and 5 conductors 4-10 mm2 (16 mm2 sol)
127
Technical Details
Terminals
Terminal blocks for copper- (Cu) and aluminium conductors (Alu)

Fixed in Type Clam- corre- Con- Cross-sections and Tighte- Current Terminal International
cable junction boxes ping spon- ductors types of conductors ning carrying design/ approvals of
units ding to be f = exible wire torque capacity nominal terminal blocks
per cross- connect- f1 = exible wire with cross-section
pole section ed per end ferrule of terminal
mm pole sol = solid wire
Canada/CSA
s = stranded wire
DK/Demko
NL/KEMA
N/Nemko
CH/SEV
SF/SETI
USA/
r = rigid (solid and
stranded)
Manufacturer Wieland:
RD 9123, RD 9125, WKM 2 2,5 2 f/f1 = 0,5-2,5 0.4 Nm 24 A
RD 9127 2.5/15 1,5 sol = 0,5-4
rated voltage
AC/DC 500 V s = 1.5-2.5
RD 9045, RD 9041 WKM 2 4 2 f/f1 = 0.5-4 0.5 Nm 32 A

4/15 2.5 sol = 0.5-6
rated voltage
AC/DC 500 V 1.5 s = 1.5-4
RK 9062, RK 9064 WK 4/U 2 4 2 f/f1 = 0.5-4 0.5 Nm 41 A

rated voltage
RK 9109, RK 9104 AC/DC 800 V 2.5 sol = 0.5-6
1.5 s = 1.5-4
Manufacturer Weidmller:
D 9041 AKZ 2.5 4 2.5 4 f/f1 sol = 0.5-2.5 0.5 Nm 20 A
rated voltage
AC/DC 250 V 1.5 s = 1.5-2.5
K 9061 AKZ 4 4 4 4 f/sol = 0.5-4 0.6 Nm 20 A

rated voltage
AC/DC 400 V 2.5 s = 1.5-4
1.5 f1 = 0.5-2.5
K 9351 WDU 16 N 4 16 4 f1/sol = 1.5-16 3.0 Nm 76 A

rated voltage
AC/DC 400 V 10 f/s = 1.5-25
6
K 7051 - 4 2.5-50 4 r = 2.5-50 10.0 Nm Cu

150 A
Alu
120 A
KF 9251 - 2 1.5-50 2 r = 1.5-50 1.5 Nm Cu/Alu
KF 9501 to 150 A
12 Nm
K 9951 - 4 6-95 4 r = 6-95 12 Nm Cu/Alu

to 490 A
22 Nm
K 2401 - 4 35-240 4 r = 35-240 26 Nm Cu/Alu

to 850 A
55 Nm
128
Technical Details
Terminals
Terminals
K 7042 / K 7052 K 1204 / K 1205 K 240

04 / K 2405
Rated connecting capacity 95 mm2 150 mm2 240 mm2
Current carrying capacity 160 A 250 A 400 A
Tightening torque 20 Nm 20 Nm 40 Nm
4
Clamping units per pole 2 4 2 4
Conductor cross sec- 10-50 16-50 16-50 25-50 25-50

tion Cu/Alu1) sol (round)
Conductor cross sec-

16-95 16-150 16-70 25-240 25-120
tion Cu/Alu1) s (round),
f (flexible)

tion Cu/Alu1) sol (sector)

tion Cu s (sector)
Conductor cross sec-

35-70 50-120 35-50 95-185 50-95
tion Alu1) s (round),
f (flexible)
1) Prior to connection, aluminium conductors must be prepared according to the

e relevant technical
recommendations. The connections must be checked at regular intervals and maintained after
6 months at the latest.
FIXCONNECT technology
Type Clamping units Rated connecting capacity Current carrying
per pole per types of conductors capacity
r (rigid) f (flexible)
DPC 9225 4 1.5 - 4 mm2 1.5 - 4 mm2 32 A

2
KC 9045 4 1.5 - 4 mm 1.5 - 4 mm2 32 A
2 2
KC 9255 4 2.5 - 10 mm 2.5 - 10 mm 57 A
2 2
KC 9355 4 2.5 - 16 mm 2.5 - 16 mm 76 A
129
Technical Details
Operating and Ambient Conditions
Removable
Boxes with terminals Boxes with terminals
grommets
D ..., DP ..., K 7055 EKA 20, KF ... KD ...
DPC ..., DE ..., K 7004/5 ERA 20,
KC ..., K ..., K 9951 DPS 02
RD ..., RK ... K 1204/5
K 2404/5
K 2401
Mi FM ..
Application area Suitable for indoor installation Suitable for outdoor installation
(normal environment and/or protected outdoor) (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
Resistant to occasional Resistant to occasional cleaning procedures (direct jet)

cleaning procedures max. with high-pressure cleaner without additives
water pressure: max. 100 bar, water temperature: max. 80 C, distance 0.15 m
in accordance with the requirements IP 69K
box and cable entries at least IP 65
Ambient temperature
- Average value over 24 hours + 35 C + 35 C + 35 C + 55 C + 55 C
- Maximum value + 40 C + 40 C + 40 C + 70 C + 70 C
- Minimum value 25 C 25 C 25 C 25 C 25 C
Relative humidity 50% at 40 C 50% at 40 C 50% at 40 C 50% at 40 C
- short-time 100% at 25 C 100% at 25 C 100% at 25 C 100% at 25 C
Fire protection Demands placed on electrical devices from standards and laws:
in the event of internal faults
Minimum requirements
- Glow wire test in accordance with IEC 60 695-2-11:
- 650 C for boxes and cable glands
- 850 C for conducting components
Fire protection Demands

in the event of specic risks or placed on electrical installations and devices in areas and facilities subject to re risk,
hazards e.g. DIN VDE 0100 Part 482 (German standard), ofcial regulations, VdS directives
- 850 C for cavity wall installation
- use of re resistant cables
Burning behaviour
- Glow wire test 750 C 960 C 750 C 960 C 960 C
IEC 60 695-2-11 V-2 V-2 V-0 5V
- UL Subject 94 ame-retardant ame-retardant ame-retardant ame-retardant ame-retardant
self-extinguishing self-extinguishing self-extinguishing self-extinguishing self-extinguishing
Degree of protection IK07 (2 Joule) IK08 (5 Joule) IK08 (5 Joule) IK08 (5 Joule)
against mechanical load
Toxic behaviour halogen-free halogen-free halogen-free halogen-free halogen-free
silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free
Halogen-free in accordance with IEC 754-2 Common test methods for cables -
Determination of the amount of halogen acid gas.
For material properties see technical data.
130
Technical Details
Removable
Empty boxes Empty boxes Empty boxes
grommets
D ..., DP ..., DE ..., EKA 20, ERA 20, KF ... KD ...
K 9..., K 8... DPS 02
Application area Suitable for indoor installation Suitable for outdoor installation
(normal environment and/or protected outdoor) (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
Resistant to occasional Resistant to occasional cleaning procedures (direct jet)
cleaning procedures max. with high-pressure cleaner without additives
water pressure: max. 100 bar, water temperature: max. 80 C, distance 0.15 m
in accordance with the requirements IP 69K
box and cable entries at least IP 65
Ambient temperature
- Average value over 24 hours + 35 C + 55 C + 55 C
- Maximum value + 40 C + 60 C + 70 C + 70 C
- Minimum value 25 C 25 C 25 C 25 C
Fire protection Demands
in the event of internal faults placed on electrical devices from standards and laws
Fire protection Demands placed on electrical installations and devices in areas and facilities subject to re risk,
in the event of specic risks or e.g. DIN VDE 0100 Part 482 (German standard), ofcial regulations, VdS directives:
hazards
- 850 C for cavity wall installation
- use of re resistant cables
Burning behaviour
- Glow wire test 750 C 750 C 960 C 960 C
IEC 60 695-2-11 V-2 V-0 5V
- UL Subject 94 ame-retardant ame-retardant ame-retardant ame-retardant
self-extinguishing self-extinguishing self-extinguishing self-extinguishing
Degree of protection IK07 (2 Joule) IK08 (5 Joule) IK08 (5 Joule)
Toxic behaviour halogen-free halogen-free halogen-free halogen-free
silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free
Halogen-free in accordance with IEC 754-2 Common test methods for cables -
Determination of the amount of halogen acid gas.
131
Technical Details
Boxes with terminals
KF WP ....
Application area Suitable for outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor).
For application in ambient conditions with formation of condensation and ingress of water as well as for
installation in the ground without trafc loads in accordance with DIN VDE V 0606-22-100.
Resistant to occasional Resistant to cleaning procedures (direct jet)
cleaning procedures max. with high-pressure cleaner without additives, water temperature: max. 80 C
Ambient temperature
- Average value over 24 hours + 55 C
- Maximum value + 70 C
- Minimum value 25 C
Relative humidity 100%
Burning behaviour
- Glow wire test 960 C
IEC 60 695-2-11 V-0
- UL Subject 94 ame-retardant
self-extinguishing
Degree of protection IK08 (5 Joule)
Toxic behaviour halogen-free
silicone-free
132
Technical Details
Standards
Hensel cable junction boxes and cable entry systems comply with the following standards and requirements:
1. Cable junction boxes

- IEC 60 670 - 22
Particular requirements for connecting boxes and enclosures
Part 22: Particular requirements for connecting boxes
- IEC 60 998
Connecting devices for low voltage circuits for household and similar purposes
Part 2-1: Particular requirements for connecting devices as separate entities with screw-type terminals
Part 2-2: Particular requirements for connecting devices as separate entities with screwless-type terminals
- IEC 60 999
EN 60 999
Connecting devices
Safety requirements for screw-type and screwless-type clamping units for electrical copper conductors
- DIN VDE V 0606-22-100 (German standard)
Enclosures for encapsulation with connection terminals (GVV)
2. Cable junction boxes with terminal blocks

- IEC 60 670-22
Particular requirements for connecting boxes and enclosures
- EN 60 947 -7-1
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear,
Part 7: Auxiliary equipment;
Section 1 - Terminal blocks for copper conductors
3. Conduit entries (ERA 20)

- EN 60 423
Conduits for electrical pursposes - Outside diameters of conduits for electrical installations and threads for conduits and ttings
4. Degrees of protection
- IEC 60 529
DIN VDE 0470 Part 1 (German standard)
Degree of protection by enclosure (IP Code)
5. Halogen-free
- EN 50 267
examination of cables and insulated wires
halogen-free materials
133
Technical Details
Cable Junction Boxes Tested for Intrinsic Fire Resistance
Safety circuits must remain operational for a FK Cable junction boxes comply with these
sufcient period in accordance with the national requirements when used together with type-
regulations governing re protection requirements approved cables as well as suitable cable
for cable installations during exposure to re. clamps or mounting devices.
Cable junction boxes tested for intrinsic re
This ensures that electrotechnical equipment such restistance.
as luminaires, lifts, smoke outlets, alarm systems Degree of protection IP 65, IP 66
etc. are supplied with power for 30 or 90 minutes Box made from sheet steel with powder coating
and thereby enable people to leave the building or duroplastic, pastel orange RAL 2003
and assist rescue teams in carrying out their work.
No additional re load, no toxic or corrosive
Junction box with connected cables emissions
after testing.
When planning and implementing these cable Intrinsic re resistance according to DIN 4102
installations, the current specimen regulation for part 12 (German standard) in connection with
re protection requirements in these installations function-retaining cables of 0.5-16 mm2
must be observed.
Protection against direct contact also maintained
due to the box
Captive cover with 4 screw fixings
Box fixing with plugs:

Anchor (building materials) Fischer type ... Hilti type ...
FIS V.. FNA.. FBS.. FBN.. FHY.. HUS.. HSA.. HIT-HY..
Limestone blocks KS 12 x x x
Building bricks Mz 12 x x x
Test temperature curve in
accordance with DIN 4102
Airbricks HLz 12 x x
Limestone air blocks KSL 12 x x
Prestressed concrete slabs x
Porous concrete slabs => 3.3 x x
Porous concrete blocks => 4 x x
Concrete => B25 / =< B55 x x x x x
Please observe the current approvals and notes from the manufacturer of the plugs.
Standards and regulations:
IEC 60 998 -1 IEC 60 670-22 EN 60 947 -7 -1

EN 60 998 Part 1
IEC 60 529 EN 50 262
IEC 60 998 -2 -1 DIN VDE 0470 Part 1 (German standard)
EN 60 998 Part 2-1 DIN 4102 Part 12 (German standard)
Ambient conditions in working operation:

Type FK 7xx5 FK 9xx5 FK 9259
Application area Suitable for indoor installation (normal environment and/or protected outdoor)
Ambient temperature
- Average value over 24 hours + 35 C + 35 C + 35 C
- Maximum value + 40 C + 40 C + 40 C
- Minimum value 25 C 25 C 5 C
Relative humidity 50 % at 40 C 50 % at 40 C 50 % at 40 C
- short-time 100 % at 25 C 100 % at 25 C 100 % at 25 C
Material Duroplast sheet steel, powder-coated
halogen-free halogen-free
Degree of protection IK06 (1 Joule) IK10 (20 Joule)
134
KV Small-type Distribution Boards

up to 63 A
- 3 to 54 modules
- degree of protection IP 54 - 65
- made from thermoplastic material
- protection class II,
- in accordance with IEC 60 439-3
Assembling
videos
135
Box Walls
Assignment of box walls: 4 All box walls are

The assignment of box walls is effected via wall symbols that are 5 Wand 5 listed in the fold-out
assigned to each product. The individual figures 2 give an indication, of the coverpages.
6
which wall is concerned.
Box walls with membranes Box walls with metric membranes
Wall 1 Wall 7 Wall 18

3 x 7-16 mm 1 x M 20 12 x M 20
2 x M 20/25
Wall 2 Wall 8 1 x M 32
4 x 7-16 mm 3 x M 16
1 x 10-20 mm Wall 19
Wall 9 4 x M 20
Wall 3 2 x M 20 2 x M 25/32
4 x 7-16 mm 1 x M 32/40
2 x 10-20 mm Wall 10
1 x 10-24 mm Wall 20
2 x M 20
1 x M 20/32 6 x M 20
Wall 4 2 x M 25/32
1 x M 32/40
8 x 7-16 mm Wall 11
2 x 10-20 mm 2 x M 20
1 x 10-24 mm Wall 21
1 x M 20/32
2 x AVS 16/
Wall 5 Wall 12
EVS 16
8 x 7-12 mm 4 x M 20
8 x 7-14 mm 1 x M 20/32
4 x 12-20 mm
1 x 16,5-29 mm
Wall 13
Wall 6 2 x M 20
1 x M 25/32
8 x 7-12 mm
8 x 7-14 mm
Wall 14
4 x 12-20 mm
1 x 16,5-29 mm 2 x M 20/25 Box walls with cable glands
8 x M 20 1 x M 25/32 for conduits and elastic membranes
Wall 15 Wall 22
4 x M 20/25 8 x M 16/20
1 x M 25/32 for conduit or cable 9-14 mm
1 x M 25/32 for conduit or cable
Wall 16 18-24 mm, 6 x 9-18 mm
2 x M 20
2 x M 25
1 x M 32/40 Wall 23
8 x M 16/20
Wall 17 for conduit or cable 9-14 mm,
4 x M 20 1 x M 25/32 for conduit or
2 x M 20/25 cable 18-24 mm, 6 x 9-18 mm,
1 x M 32 8 x M 20
136
Contents
KV Small-type Distribution Boards 12-54 Modules 139 - 147

Cable entry via metric knockouts

weatherproof,
for outdoor installation
(harsh environment and/or protected outdoor

Conduit entry via integrated membranes
KV Extra Circuit-Breaker Boxes

with additional space for electrical devices not to be manually actuated
Cable entry via metric knockouts 160 - 161
Empty Boxes
with transparent lid 163

with opaque hinged lid 164
KWH Meter Boxes 166
with transparent lid 163

with opaque hinged lid 164
137
Circuit Breaker Boxes
Cable / Conduit entry via metric knock- KV Small-type distribution boards with Burning behaviour:
outs earthed armoured cables according to Glow wire test according to
British Standard. IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
FIXCONNECT terminal technology 12 to 54 modules: Integratedcompartment for accessories -

for PE and N attached blanking strips for DIN rail everything has its proper place.
Connection for copper conductors equipment openings. Screws made of stainless steel V2A.
138
KV 7103 9
Wall
3 modules: 1 x 3 x 18 mm 9
1-row 102 92
knockouts: top and bottom walls 2x M20 each PE N 72
per PE/N number x cross section 1 x 25 mm, 4 x 4 mm Cu, 54
197
46
50
FIXCONNECT terminal technology,
for terminal technology refer to technical data
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm
with transparent lid, sealable
locking device for hinged lid and sealing facility see accessories
with cable entry cover
protective cover can be cut out
KV 6103 9
Wall
without PE and N terminal

1-row 102 92
knockouts: top and bottom walls 2x M20 each 72
order PE/N terminals separately 54
197
46
50
KV 7104 13
Wall
4.5 modules: 1 x 4.5 x 18 mm 13
1-row 126 111

knockouts: top and bottom walls 2x M20 and 1x M25/32 each PE N 93
228
46
FIXCONNECT terminal technology, 50

KV 6104 13
Wall
4.5 modules: 1 x 4.5 x 18 mm 13

1-row 126 111
knockouts: top and bottom walls 2x M20 and 1x M25/32 each 93
228
46
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm 50

139
KV 7106 14
Wall
1-row 146 111

knockouts: top and bottom walls 2x M20/25 and 1x M25/32 each PE N 93
per PE/N number x cross section 2 x 25 mm, 4 x 4 mm Cu,
238
108
46
50
KV 6106 14
Wall

1-row 146 111
knockouts: top and bottom walls 2x M20/25 and 1x M25/32 each 93
order PE/N terminals separately
238
108
46
50
KV 7109 15
Wall
1-row 200 111

238
162
46
50
KV 6109 15
Wall

1-row 200 111
238
162
46
50
140
KV 9112 M 17
Wall
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 17
1-row 295 129

PE N
FIXCONNECT terminal technology, for terminal technology refer to 93
333
technical data
46
216 50
N separable for various potentials
with transparent door
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories.
with blanking strips for unused DIN rail openings
knockouts: top and bottom walls 4x M20, 2x M20/25 and 1x M32 each
KV 8112 M 17
Wall
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 17

1-row 295 129
333
46
216 50
KV 1512 M 17
Wall
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 17
1-row 295 129

PE N
333

216 46 50

KV 1612 M 17
Wall
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 17

1-row 295 129
333

46
216 50
141
KV 9118 M 18
Wall
18 modules: 1 x 18 x 18 mm 18
1-row 403 129

PE N 93
333
46
324
N separable for various potentials 50

KV 8118 M 18
Wall
18 modules: 1 x 18 x 18 mm 18

1-row 403 129
333
46
324
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories. 50

KV 1518 M 18
Wall
18 modules: 1 x 18 x 18 mm 18
1-row 403 129

PE N 93
FIXCONNECT terminal technology, for terminal technology refer to
333
46
technical data
324

KV 1618 M 18
Wall
18 modules: 1 x 18 x 18 mm 18

1-row 403 129
333
46

324
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories. 50

142
KV 9224 M 17
Wall
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 17
2-row 295 129

PE 93
FIXCONNECT terminal technology, N
458
46
for the installation of DIN rail equipment, top hat profile 35 mm 216 50
KV 8224 M 17
Wall
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 17

2-row 295 129
458
46
with cable entry cover 216 50
KV 2524 M 17
Wall
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 17
2-row 295 129

PE 93
458

KV 2624 M 17
Wall
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 17

2-row 295 129

458
46

143
KV 9236 M 18
Wall
36 modules: 2 x 18 x 18 mm 18
2-row 403 129

PE 93
483
46
324
50
KV 8236 M 18
Wall
36 modules: 2 x 18 x 18 mm 18

2-row 403 129
483
46
324
50
KV 2536 M 18
Wall
36 modules: 2 x 18 x 18 mm 18
2-row 403 129

PE 93
483

324
50
KV 2636 M 18
Wall
36 modules: 2 x 18 x 18 mm 18

2-row 403 129

483
46

324
50
144
KV 9336 M 17
Wall
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 17
3-row 295 129

PE 93
583
46
216 50
KV 8336 M 17
Wall
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 17

3-row 295 129
583
46
216 50
KV 3536 M 17
Wall
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 17
3-row 295 129

PE 93
583

46

216 50
KV 3636 M 17
Wall
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 17

3-row 295 129

583
46

216 50
145
KV 9448 M 17
Wall
48 modules: 4 x 12 x 18 mm 17
4-row 295 129

PE 93
708
46
KV 8448 M 17
Wall
48 modules: 4 x 12 x 18 mm 17

4-row 295 129

708
46
216 50
KV 4548 M 17
Wall
48 modules: 4 x 12 x 18 mm 17
4-row 295 129

PE 93
708

46

KV 4648 M 17
Wall
48 modules: 4 x 12 x 18 mm 17

4-row 295 129

708

46
216 50
146
KV 9354 M 18
Wall
54 modules: 3 x 18 x 18 mm 18
3-row 403 129

PE
FIXCONNECT terminal technology, N 93

630
46
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories. 324 50
KV 8354 M 18
Wall
54 modules: 3 x 18 x 18 mm 18

3-row 403 129

630
46
knockouts: top and bottom walls 12x M20, 2x M20/25 and 1x M32 each 324 50
KV 3554 M 18
Wall
54 modules: 3 x 18 x 18 mm 18
3-row 403 129

PE

630

46
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to accessories. 324 50
KV 3654 M 18
Wall
54 modules: 3 x 18 x 18 mm 18

3-row 403 129

630

46
knockouts: top and bottom walls 12x M20, 2x M20/25 and 1x M32 each 324 50
147
Weatherproof,
for Outdoor Installation (harsh Environment and/or Outdoor)
Cable entry via integrated elastic 12 to 54 modules: attached blanking Burning behaviour:
membranes or strips for DIN rail equipment openings. Glow wire test according to
via metric knockouts 3 to 9 modules: IEC 60 695-2-11: 960 C,
protective cover can be cut out flame-retardant, self-extinguishing
FIXCONNECT terminal technology KV Small-type distribution boards with Integratedcompartment for accessories -
for PE and N up to four disconnectable N-potentials in everything has its proper place.
connection for copper conductors one bar enabel the installation of RCDs Screws made of stainless
without additional efforts or accessories. steel V2A.
148
Weatherproof,
for Outdoor Installation (Harsh Environment and/or Outdoor)
The enclosures are suitable for the outdoor installation - harsh envirionment and / or outdoor.
The materials used for the system are basically UV resistant, so that the mechanical resistance of the
boxes is maintained during UV effect.
Direct solar radiation and power dissipation can overheat the interior of the enclosure. Also
affect lower outdoor temperatures, e.g. below -5 C, the device technology. Therefore, the
climatic influences and effects on the device technology must be considered.
The top side of the boxes should be protected by a cover against weather inuences such as rain, ice
and snow. Further on, also chemical inuences have to be considered with the selection of the installation
place - apart from the IP rating and climatic effects.
In order to keep the maximum permissible ambient temperature of the installed equipment as well as for
the prevention from condensation additional measures, such as ventilation and/or heating may be
necessary (observe degree of protection).
How does condensed water occur in enclosures with a high degree of protection?
The problem of condensed water forming in electrical installations only occurs in enclosures with a
degree of protection IP 54 since the temperature adjustment that is carried out from inside to outside is
too low due to the high density of the enclosure and its material.
System switched on. The internal temperature is higher than the exter-
nal temperature due to the power dissipation of
the built-in devices.
System switched on. The warm air inside the enclosure attempts to
accumulate moisture. This comes from outside
through the seal as the enclosures are not
gas-tight.
The internal temperature is reduced by cooling

System switched off. down the system e.g. by switching off the loads.
The cooler air emits moisture which is collected
as condensed water on the cooling inner
surfaces.
How does condensed water occur in enclosures with a high degree of protection?
Formation of condensed water for Formation of condensed water in protected
indoor installations: outdoor installations (protected against weather
inuences) or unprotected outdoor installations:
In areas where high levels of air humi- Here condensed water can be formed
dity and large temperature uctuations dependent on the weather, high air hu-
are expected e.g. in laundry rooms. midity, direct sunlight and temperature
kitchens. car washes etc. differences compared to the wall.
149
Weatherproof,
KV PC 9103 9
Wall
1-row 102 92
knockouts: top and bottom walls 2x M20 each PE N 72
197
46
50
FIXCONNECT terminal technology, for terminal technology refer
to technical data
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)
KV PC 6103 9
Wall

1-row 102 92
knockouts: top and bottom walls 2x M20 each 72
197
46
50

DC 1000 V
KV PC 9104 13
Wall
4.5 modules: 1 x 4.5 x 18 mm 13
1-row 126 111

knockouts: top and bottom walls 2x M20 and 1x M25/32 each PE N 93
228
46
FIXCONNECT terminal technology, for terminal technology refer 50
to technical data
150
Weatherproof,
KV PC 6104 13
Wall
4.5 modules: 1 x 4.5 x 18 mm 13

1-row 126 111
knockouts: top and bottom walls 2x M20 and 1x M25/32 each 93
228
46
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and 50


DC 1000 V
KV PC 8104
4.5 modules: 1 x 4.5 x 18 mm
1-row 126 111
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and 81
228
46
outdoor installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor) 50

DC 1000 V
KV PC 9106 14
Wall
1-row 146 111

238
108

46
50
technical data
151
Weatherproof,
KV PC 6106 14
Wall

1-row 146 111
238
108
for indoor (normal environment and/or protected outdoor) and outdoor
46
50
installation (harsh environment and/or outdoor)

DC 1000 V
KV PC 9109 15
Wall
1-row 200 111

238
162
46
50
technical data
KV PC 6109 15
Wall

1-row 200 111
238
162
46
50

DC 1000 V
152
Weatherproof,
KV PC 8109
9 modules: 1 x 9 x 18 mm
1-row 200 111
238
162
46
50

DC 1000 V
KV PC 9112 5
Wall
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 5
1-row 295 129

cable entry via integrated elastic membranes
PE N
333
46
216 50
technical data
lateral enclosure connections can be managed by drilling
KV PC 9224 5
Wall
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 5
2-row 295 129

PE 93
per PE/N number x cross section 6 x 25 mm, 24 x 4 mm Cu, N
458
technical data
46
N separable for various potentials 216 50

153
Weatherproof,
KV PC 9336 5
Wall
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 5
3-row 295 129

PE 93
583
technical data
46
216 50
KV PC 9448 5
Wall
48 modules: 4 x 12 x 18 mm 5
4-row 295 129

PE 93
technical data
708
46
154
Conduit Entry via Integrated Elastic Membranes
Conduit
entry via integrated elastic Door hinging interchangeable Burning behaviour:
membranes fast and easy from left to right. Glow wire test according
to IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
12 to 54 modules: Plenty of space for installation and Integratedcompartment for accessories -

attached blanking strips for DIN rail wiring: Easy access to built-in equipment everything has its proper place.
equipment openings by lower side walls. Screws made of stainless steel V2A.
155
KV 1712 22
Wall
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 22
1-row 295 129

PE N
333
46
216 50
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to
accessories.
with cable glands for conduits and elastic membranes
KV 1718 23
Wall
18 modules: 1 x 18 x 18 mm 23
1-row 403 129

PE N 93
333
46
324

accessories.
KV 2724 22
Wall
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 22
2-row 295 129

PE 93
458

46
accessories.
156
KV 2736 23
Wall
36 modules: 2 x 18 x 18 mm 23
2-row 403 129

PE 93
483
46
324
50
accessories.
KV 3736 22
Wall
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 22
3-row 295 129

PE 93
583
46
216 50
accessories.
KV 3754 23
Wall
54 modules: 3 x 18 x 18 mm 23
3-row 403 129

PE

630

46
For locking device for door and facility for sealing refer to 324 50
accessories.
157
KV 4748 22
Wall
48 modules: 4 x 12 x 18 mm 22
4-row 295 129

PE 93
708
46
accessories. 216 50
158
Circuit Breaker Boxes with Additional Space for
Electrical Devices Not to be Manually Actuated
Compact user friendly solution, optically Additional space with DIN rail over the DIN rail equipment (dimensions
optimized. total enclosure width for electrical de- according to DIN 43 880) can be
Pre-assembly and wiring are possible vices not to be manually actuated. Instal- installed in the same enclosure.
inthe workshop when terminal blocks are lation depth 72 mm. Installation height
provided for. max. 125 mm resp. 150 mm.
Cable / concuit entry via metric Integrated compartment for accessories - Burning behaviour:
knockouts. everything has its proper place. Glow wire test according
Screws made of stainless steel V2A. to IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
159
KV 9220 M 17
Wall
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 17

1-row 295 129
150
458
with additional space for electrical devices not to be manually
actuated 50
46
with 1 DIN rail, 273 mm wide, for DIN rail equipment and 216 93
terminal blocks with max. mounting depth 72 mm
accessories.
knockouts: top and bottom walls 4x M20, 2x M20/25
and 1x M32 each
KV 9230 M 18
Wall
18 modules: 1 x 18 x 18 mm 18

1-row 403 129
350 72
150
483
actuated 50
46
with 1 DIN rail, 381 mm wide, for DIN rail equipment and 324
93
accessories.
and 1x M32 each
KV 9330 M 17
Wall
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 17

2-row 295 129
125

583
actuated
125
with 1 DIN rail, 273 mm wide, for DIN rail equipment and
50
46
terminal blocks with max. mounting depth 72 mm 216 93

accessories.
and 1x M32 each
160
KV 9440 M 17
Wall
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 17

3-row
295 129
240 72
125
actuated
708
125
125
50
46
216 93
accessories.
and 1x M32 each
KV 9350 M 18
Wall
36 modules: 2 x 18 x 18 mm 18

2-row 403 129
350 72
150
630
actuated
150
terminal blocks with max. mounting depth 72 mm 50
46
with transparent door 324
93
accessories.
and 1x M32 each
161
Empty Boxes IP 55/IP 65
KG empty boxes: Cable entry via integrated Burning behaviour:

Cable entry via metric knock outs. elastic membranes. Glow wire test according
(exept for KG Empty boxes) to IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
Screws made of stainless steel V2A.
162
KG 9001 16
21 Wall 21
Degree of protection: IP 55 (ESM), 16
IP 65 (refer to index cable entry systems)

for installation equipment on DIN rails or mounting plates 136 115
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 95 mm,
with built-in DIN rail 89 mm
253
with transparent hinged lid
fastener for tool operation
sealable
included cable entry:
2 ESM 25, sealing range 9-17 mm and
1 ESM 32, sealing range 9-23 mm
KG 9002 19
21 Wall 21

253
sealable
KG 9003 20
21 Wall 21

253
sealable
KV 9331 5
Wall
Degree of protection: IP 65 5
for installation of devices via installed mounting plate 295 182

max. installation depth: 160 mm
with transparent lid
583
sealable
163
KG 9001 IN 16
21 Wall 21

253
with opaque hinged lid
sealable
KG 9002 IN 19
21 Wall 21

253
sealable
KG 9003 IN 20
21 Wall 21

253
sealable
164
KWH Meter Boxes
Cable Entry via Integrated Elastic Membranes
Cable entry with integrated elastic Screws made of stainless steel V2A. Burning behaviour:
sealing membranes Glow wire test according to
IEC 60 695-2-11: 750 C,
flame-retardant
Sealable
165
KWH Meter Boxes
Cable Entry via Integrated Elastic Membranes
KV 9337 5
Wall
Use in unmetered area after consultation 5
with local power supply companies

degree of protection: IP 65
with KWH meter support and meter fastening screws 295 15
249 182
for meters with three-point mounting 220 162

with hinged flap and protection cover for
50 / 80 mm
12 modules (12 x 18 mm)
583
with DIN-rail belonging to it
104
60
fasteners for tool operation
sealable
KV 9338 5
Wall

with KWH meter support and meter fastening screws 295 23
249 182
for meters with three-point mounting 220 154

with KWH meter window flap, sealable
for maximum KWH meters, time switches etc.
583
358
310
standard opening dimensions 140 x 310 mm
for tool or manual operation
for padlock (clip max. 6 mm)
with additional DIN rail
length of DIN rail 172 mm
sealable
KV 9339 5
Wall

with KWH meter support and meter fastening screws 182
295 162
for meters with three-point mounting
length of DIN rail 172 mm
583

sealable
166
Accessories
Press-in connecting glands,

Threaded connecting glands 168
Mounting plates 168
DIN rails 169
Cable retention 169
Terminals 170 - 171
Labelling system 172
Cable entry covers 172
Locking device 173
Spare keys 173
Facilities for sealing 173
Blanking strip 173
167
Accessories
EVS 16
Press-in connecting glands
for lateral box assembly of KV and KG boxes
cable feedthrough for up to 19 mm
for bore-hole Pg 16, 23 mm
length 15 mm
AVS 16
Threaded connecting glands
for lateral box assembly of KV and KG boxes
cable feedthrough for up to 15 mm
length 21,5 mm
KG MP 01
Mounting plate for KG 9001
material laminated paper, coated 100
material thickness 4 mm
136
with fixing screws
KG MP 02
136
with fixing screws
KG MP 03
136
with fixing screws
168
Accessories
KG TS 01
DIN rail for KG 9001
inaccordance with DIN EN 60 715 7,5
forequipment or terminals with clip-on mounting 81
with fixing screws
35
KG TS 02
with fixing screws
35
KG TS 03
with fixing screws
35
KHR 01
Cable retention
KHR 02
Cable retention
169
Accessories
KV FC 03
PE and N terminal
per PE/N 1 x 25 mm, 4 x 4 mm Cu
for small-type distribution boards with 3 modules
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology, for terminal technology refer to technical data
KV FC 04
PE and N terminal
per PE/N 2 x 25 mm, 4 x 4 mm, Cu
for small-type distribution boards with 4.5 modules
KV FC 06
PE and N terminal
KV FC 09
PE and N terminal
PE/N 2 x 25 mm, 8 x 4 mm, Cu each
KV FC 12
PE and N terminal
forsmall-type distribution boards with 12 modules and KV empty boxes
KV FC 18
PE and N terminal
forsmall-type distribution boards with 18 modules per row
170
Accessories
KV FC 24
PE and N terminal
forsmall-type distribution boards with 12 modules and KV empty boxes
KV FC 36
PE and N terminal
KG PN 01
PE and N terminal
for KG 9001
per PE/N number x cross section 3 x 25 mm, 3 x 4 mm Cu, screw-type terminal
KG PN 02
PE and N terminal
for KG 9002
PE+N x cross section 3 x 25 mm, 5 x 4 mm Cu, screw-type terminal
KG PN 03
PE and N terminal
for KG 9003
per PE/N number x cross section 4 x 25 mm, 7 x 4 mm Cu, screw-type terminal
171
Accessories
FC BS 5
FIXCONNECT labelling system
set with 5 pieces
labelling system for FIXCONNECT plug-in terminals, not for terminals 2x25 / 4x4 mm
FC BS 6
labellingsystem for FIXCONNECT plug-in terminals, for terminals 2x25 / 4x4 mm
forattaching of labelling strips or marking with felt tip pen
set with 5 pieces
KV EB 03
Cable entry cover
for replacement purposes (1 cable entry cover included with supply of the board)
KV EB 04
Cable entry cover
for small-type distribution boards with 4.5 modules
KV EB 06
Cable entry cover
KV EB 09
Cable entry cover
and for KV 9325, KV 9363
KV EB 12
Cable entry cover
onlyorder additionally if the cable entry should be covered at the top and bottom (1 cable entry
cover included with supply of the board)
KV EB 18
Cable entry cover
onlyorder additionally if the cable entry should be covered at the top and bottom (1 cable entry
cover included with supply of the board)
172
Accessories
KV ES 1
Locking device
for small-type distribution boards 12 - 54
modules
profile cylinder with 2 keys
KV ES 2
Spare key
for door lock KV ES 1 or KV ES 3
2 pieces
KV ES 3
Locking device
modules
profile cylinder with 2 keys
KV PL 2
modules
for sealing the top and bottom parts of the box (doors can be sealed without accessories)
KV PL 3
modules
for sealing the top and bottom parts of the box (doors can be sealed without accessories)
AS 12
Blanking strip
12 modules
12 x 18 mm, divisible every 9 mm
for the covering of spare equipment openings, for material thickness up to 3 mm
AS 18
Blanking strip
18 modules
18 X 18 mm, divisible every 9 mm
173
Technical Details
Vorspannseite
Detail Dimensions in mm 175

Mounting Dimensions in mm 176
Box Assembly 177
Terminals 178 - 179
Standards 180
Operating and Ambient Conditions 181
174
Technical Details
Detail Dimensions in mm
136 115 168

101 95 133 115
45 81 110 95
72 81
36,5
36,5
123,5
123,5
205
232
253
182
165
205
253
232
182
165
5,2
5,2
KG 9001 KG 9002
KG 9001 IN KG 9002 IN
217
182 115
160 95
126 81
36,5
123,5
205
253
232
182
165
5,2
KG 9003
KG 9003 IN
295
245 182
105 105 160
83,5
540
440
405
4,5
usable installation space

which mounted cable glands
KV 9331
175
Technical Details
Mounting Dimensions in mm
Wall mounting for screws up to 4.5 mm diameter.
Circuit breaker Circuit breaker Circuit breaker Circuit breaker

boxes boxes boxes boxes
3 modules 4.5 modules 6 modules 9 modules
102 126 146 200

197
228
238
238
90
122
132
132
32
32
32
32
86
107 160
Circuit breaker Circuit breaker Circuit breaker Circuit breaker

boxes boxes boxes boxes
12 modules 2 x 12 modules 3 x 12 modules 4 x 12 modules
295 295 295 295

333
155
137
458
280
125 125 125

262
583
51
405
387
708
210
530
512
125 125
51
210
125
51
210
51
210
Circuit breaker Circuit breaker Circuit breaker
boxes boxes boxes
1 x 18 modules 2 x 18 modules 3 x 18 modules
403 403 403
333
155
137
483
305
150 150
287
630
51
455
437
320
150
51
320
51
320
By turning the rail by 180 , the assembly depth under the protection cover
59
can be increased to 59 mm. No additional components are required.
50
40 Cable entry cover for KV Circuit breaker boxes IP 54 and IP 65 with 12-54 modules
mounted on top and the bottom.
40
176
Technical Details
Box Assembly
KV Circuit breaker boxes can be assembled laterally as shown below:

- in degree of protection IP 65 with threaded connecting glands AVS 16
- in degree of protection IP 54 with press-in connecting glands EVS 16
KV Circuit breaker boxes KV Circuit breaker boxes KV Circuit breaker boxes KV Circuit breaker boxes
3 modules 4.5 modules 6 modules 9 modules
KV Circuit breaker / Meter and Empty boxes can be assembled laterally as shown below:
- in degree of protection IP 65 with threaded connecting glands AVS 16
- in degree of protection IP 54 with press-in connecting glands EVS 16
KV circuit KV circuit KV circuit KWH Meter KV 9331 KV empty box KV circuit

breaker boxes breaker boxes breaker boxes boxes 4x12 modules breaker boxes
12 modules 2x12 modules, 3x12 modules, KV 9338 KV 9440 12 modules
KV 9220, KV 9330, KV 9337 KV 9440 M
KV 9220 M KV 9330 M
KV circuit KV circuit KV circuit KV circuit

breaker boxes breaker boxes breaker boxes breaker boxes
18 modules 2 x 18 modules, 3 x 18 modules, 18 modules
KV 9230, KV 9350
KV 9230 M KV 9350 M
KG 9001 KG 9002 KG 9003

KG 9001 IN KG 9001 IN KG 9001 IN
177
Technical Details
Terminals
PE and N FIXCONNECT terminal

Rated connecting capacity of PE and N terminals
Corresponding cross-sections/copper
Clamping unit max. max.
number from - to max. number from - to max.
Screw-type terminal 25 mm
1 25 mm2, s 1 25 mm2, f
1 16 mm2, s 1 16 mm2, f
1 10 mm2, sol 1 10 mm2, f
}
3 6 mm2, sol Tested as connecting
terminal for several
1 6 mm2, f
3 4 mm2, sol conductors of the same 1 4 mm2, f
cross-sections for using
4 2.5 mm2, sol in one circuit 1 2.5 mm2, f
4 1.5 mm2, sol 1 1.5 mm2, f
Plug-in terminal 4 mm
1 1.5 - 4 mm2, sol 1 1.5 - 4 mm2, f
Without end ferrule; clamping unit has to be
opened with a tool when conductor is inserted
Current carrying capacity of the connecting device: 80 A

All terminals are secured against self loosening.
178
Technical Details
Terminals
Terminal equipment and number of conductors to be connected
PE terminal for copper conductors

Number of modules PE terminal
up to 4 mm2 up to 25 mm2
3
4x4 mm2 1x25 mm2
4.5
6
4x4 mm2 2x25 mm2
9
8x4 mm2 2x25 mm2
12
12x4 mm2 2x25 mm2
18
16x4 mm2 4x25 mm2
24
36 (3-row)
48 24x4 mm2 6x25 mm2
36 (2-row)
54
32x4 mm2 8x25 mm2
N terminal for copper conductors
Number of modules N terminal

up to 4 mm2 up to 25 mm2 plug-in
jumper
3
4x4 mm2 1x25 mm2
4.5
6
4x4 mm2 2x25 mm2
9
8x4 mm2 2x25 mm2
12
12x4 mm2 2x25 mm2
18
16x4 mm2 4x25 mm2
24
36 (3-row)
48 24x4 mm2 6x25 mm2
36 (2-row)
54
32x4 mm2 8x25 mm2
179
Technical Details
Standards
KV circuit breaker boxes comply with the following standards and regulations:
- IEC 60 439-3, EN 60 439-3,

low voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies intended to be in places
where unskilled persons have access to their use - distribution boards
- IEC 60 999, Connecting devices

Safety requirements forscrew-type and screwless-type clamping units for electrical copper conductors
- EN 60 529 / DIN VDE 0470 Teil 1

Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP-Code)
180
Technical Details
KV PC Smalltype distribution
KV Smalltype distribution boards
boards
PS polystyrene
PC polycarbonate
KV Small-type Empty boxes Cable entry KV PC Small-type Threaded con-
distribution ESM ..., distribution necting glands
boards and EVS 16 boards AVS 16
KWH Meter
boxes
Application area IP 54/65: The enclosures are suitable for outdoor
Suitable for indoor installation (normal environment and/or installation - harsh environment and /
protected outdoor) according to DIN VDE 0100 Teil 737 or outdoor.
The material is examined for UV
resistance by the institute for plastics
and thereby suitable for the outdoor
installation during UV effect.
However the climatic inuences and
effects on the equipment are to be
considered.
Ambient temperature
- Average value over 24 hours + 35 C + 35 C + 35 C + 55 C
- Maximum value + 40 C + 60 C + 40 C + 40 C + 70 C
- Minimum value 5 C 25 C 25 C 5 C 40 C
Relative humidity 50% at 40 C -
- short-time 100% at 25 C -
in the case of internal faults
- 850 C for parts of insulating material necessary to retain
current carrying parts in position
Burning behaviour
- Glow wire test
IEC 60 695-2-11 750 C 750 C 750 C 960 C 750 C
- UL Subject 94 V-2 V-2 V-2 V-2
ame-retardant ame-retardant ame-retardant ame-retardant ame-retardant
self-extinguishing self-extinguishing self-extinguishing self-extinguishing self-extinguishing
Degree of protection IK08 (5 Joule) IK08 (5 Joule) IK08 (5 Joule)
silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free
Halogen-free in accordance with IEC 754-2 Common test methods for cables - Determination of the amount of
halogen acid gas.
181
182
ENYSTAR
NEW
otection
of pr
Degree
IP 66 Distribution Boards up to 250 A with Door
According to IEC 61 439-3
Distribution Boards Intended to be
Operated by Ordinary Persons (DBO)
- combinable enclosure system
- degree of protection IP 66
- made from polycarbonate
Assembling
videos
Design fast, simply, more clever

i
www. .eu
183
ENYSTAR
Contents
System description / Enclosure system 186 - 187
System design / Assembly examples 188 - 190
Distribution boards up to 250 A according to IEC 61 439-3,

intended to be operated by ordinary persons 191
Product benefits: Empty enclosures and circuit breaker boxes with doors 192
Empty enclosures
door locking with hand operation
Operation and access also by unskilled persons
with transparent doors 193 - 195
with opaque doors 196 - 198
Empty enclosures
door fastener with tool operation
Access and operation only by skilled persons
with transparent doors 199 - 201
with opaque doors 202 - 204
Circuit breaker boxes

for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 63 A
with PE and N terminals, 9 up to 54 modules 205 - 207

Terminal box 208

without PE and N terminals, 12 up to 51 modules 209 - 210

with removable DIN rail rack for earth connection (British Standard)


Terminal box 216
184
ENYSTAR
Contents
KWH Meter Boxes 217
Busbar Boxes
5-pole Busbar System, 250 A 218
Covers and Fusegear 219
Accessories (Terminals for direct connection on busbar) 220 - 221
HRC Fuse Boxes with Fuse Switch Disconnectors

with Fuse Switch Disconnectors in accordance with IEC 60 947-3 222
Isolator Boxes
with Switch Disconnectors in Accordance with IEC 60 947-3 223 - 226
Circuit-breaker boxes
with Circuit-breakers in accordance with IEC 60 947-2 227

Planen und Projektieren mit dem Konfigurator
Assembly 257 - 261
Additional information e.g. about other electrical functions

in ENYSTAR enclosures available at www.hensel-electric.de
185
ENYSTAR
System Description
Enclosure System
C
Ambient temperature
0 0
for distribution boards in accordance with IEC 60 439-3:
-5 C up to 35 C, max. + 40 C
Environmental
Relative humidity: 50% at 40 C, 100% at 25 C
conditions

for empty enclosures: - 25C up to + 70 C
The ambient temperature for distribution boards is reduced by the installed
equipment technology!
Dependent on the system

The enclosures are suitable for the protected outdoor installation -
harsh environment and / or protected outdoor.
Application area
However the climatic inuences and effects on the equipment are to be
considered, see Technical Details: Operating and Ambient Conditions
Insulated enclosures
Insulation
(Protection class II)
degree of protection against mechanical load IK 08 (5 Joule)

Impact strength
in accordance with IEC 62 262
Protection against
Dust-proof
foreign solid objects
degree of protection IP 66
and direct contact
Protection against
Protected against water
ingress of water with
harmful effects
Rated current: 250 A

Electrical Rated insulation voltage 2): AC 690 V, DC 1000 V, IEC 60 664
parameters 2)
the rated insulation voltage is possibly reduced by the installed equipment technology
Material: thermoplastic
Glow wire test 960C in accordance with IEC 60 695-2-11 Dependent on material
Burning behaviour ame-retardant, self-extinguishing
UL Subject 94, V-2
UV resistance according to IEC 61 439-1

UV resistance
The material is examined for UV resistance
Resistance against
Chemical resistance acid 10% and alkaline 10%,
petrol and mineral oil
Toxic behavour Silicone- and halogen-free
186
ENYSTAR
System Description
Distribution Boards up to 250 A with Door

combinable enclosure system
insulation-enclosed, degree of protection IP 66, made from polycarbonate
for the assembly of distribution boards up to 250 A intended to be operated by
ordinary persons in accordance with IEC 61 439-3
Distribution Boards up to 250 A with Door

for indoor and protected outdoor installation
dust-proof and protected against water (IP 66)
protection class II
colour: grey, RAL 7035
All enclosure sizes with transparent or

opaque door.
Doors
allenclosure sizes with door
transparent and opaque
door hinge changeable
sealable
locking facilities: lockable, door fasteners for tool and hand operation
operation of the devices behind the door protected with covers,
no overhangig handles
Easy operation of the devices behind a door

with protection against accidential contact.
Quick Assembly
closed or open enclosure walls,
which can fast and easily be closed with closing plate sets
integrated gaskets
safe connectors
Quick assembly
Multikey
Besides the standard locking system for tool-operation with slot screwdriver
ENYSTAR doors can be operated as well with triangle 8 mm, square lock
8mm and double-bit.
All four locking systems are operated by a Mulitkey.
Multikey for door locking systems
187
ENYSTAR
System Design
Enclosure depth
with hand operation
1
186
2 4
with tool operation
Extension frame
for extending installation
depths by 50 mm
Combinable distribution
3 with hand operation
boards with door
modular structure of enclo-
50
sures in grid of 90 mm
236
213
4 enclosure sizes:
270 x 180 mm,
270 x 360 mm,
with tool operation
270 x 540 mm and
540 x 360 mm
to assemble fast and simply
to larger combinations
Order closing plate sets,
Dimensions (in mm)
single closing plates
and flanges separately.
Combinable enclosures
with door
and closing plates
4 box sizes:
276 x 186 mm,
276 x 366 mm,
276 x 546 mm and
546 x 366 mm
Empty enclosures and Enclosure walls

circuit breaker boxes additionally closed via closing plates
with closing plate sets for closing
enclosure walls
2
5 Wall 5
3 Distribution boards
Box walls
Assignment of box walls:
The assignment of box walls is effected Wall 1 (180 mm) Wall 3 (360 mm)
via wall symbols that are assigned to each Wall opening: Wall opening:
100 x 80 mm 280 x 80 mm
product. The individual figures 2 give an
indication, which wall is concerned. Wall 2 (270 mm) Wall 4 (540 mm)
All box walls are listed in the fold-out Wall opening: Wall opening:
190 x 80 mm 2 x 190 x 80 mm
of the coverpages.
188
ENYSTAR
System Design
Assembly Examples
Can be combined and extended in all directions
Because of the increasing requi- order to adapt the Large doors for all box sizes
rements, exibility is essential in system exibly to the indivi- allow a simple accessibility
the electrial installation. dual requirements in site: of the electrical functions.
ENYSTAR enclosures can be Combination next to each
combined and arranged freely in other or one above the other.
Combination
of enclosures Combination of enclosures
in vertical in horizontal direction.
direction.
Distribution boards Example 1:

intended to be operated Distribution board with
2
by ordinary persons 72 modules (6 x 12 x 18 mm)
built-up of 2 x FP 1318
with closing plates
Example 2:
Distribution board with 125 A
feeding,
36 modules (3 x 12 x 18 mm) and
a terminal box for PE and N 1
Connection Box
The ENYSTAR Connection The ENYSTAR Connection Box
Box allows a simple and fast is available in different designs
installation of devices that must and standard equipments.
be operated externally. Such
as plug devices, pushbuttons,
switches or also touch panels.
The new Connection Box is in-
stalled via safe plug connectors.
189
ENYSTAR
Assembly Examples
190
ENYSTAR
Distribution Boards up to 250 A According to IEC 61 439-3
Distribution Boards Indended to Be Operated by Ordinary Persons
Distribution boards are General requirements concerning distribution boards
usually used in working 1. Clear separation between operation area and distribution area
place proximity. Their ap- For areas in distribution boards to which unskilled persons have access, standards require special
plication is various. protective measures:
- Life parts are to be protected against accidental contact by a cover.
Here the demands and - Devices, which may be operated only by an electrical skilled person,
requirements that result are to be arranged in a separate area, which is to be opened only with tool.
from the installation site 2. Fast and safe operating of the intended devices,
must be adhered to. e.g. series built-in equipment and switching devices
3. No removable covers or parts so that electrotechnical unskilled persons can easyly operate.
Additional specific requirements when used in commercial and industrial applications:

1. High degree of protection IP 66: dust-proof and waterproof
2. Robust material for use in rough environments:
high-quality thermoplastic material for high mechanical loads.
3. Corrosion resistance: Material resistant to corrosion by atmospheric humidity or industrial processes.
Modular distribution boards for special requirements in commercial and industrial applications ...
Total insulated enclosures, protection class II
High degree of protection IP 66: dust-proof and water-proof
Corrosion-resistant enclosures by high-quality thermoplastic material
High mechanical strength IK 08 for heavy duty usage in commercial and industrial applications
... and with clearly separated functional areas!
Modular design for clear separation of access and operation areas for electrical skilled persons and
unskilled persons.
Large, transparent doors for a quick control and convenient operation of the built-in equipment
Fast opening and closing of the doors in a single operation
At any time an expandable, modular system
Requirements in accordance with

also by electrotechnical unskilled persons
IEC 61 439-3:
1. Only installation equipment, like
series built-in equipment, fuses up
to 63 A, circuit-breakers and IT-
Operation
components are permitted. For the

access a tool-operated door lock-
ing facility is NOT necessary.
2. Other switching devices must be
installed behind separate lids or
doors, which can only be opened
using a tool: protection against
direct contact with hazardous
live parts IP XXC.
To the following areas only an elec-

only by electrical skilled persons
Access and operation
trical skilled person may have

access:
feeding-in
back-up fuse
outgoing terminals.
Therefore access is possible only
with appropriate tools. The access
can be prevented by optionally lock-
able doors. Electrotechnical unskilled
persons have no access here.
191
ENYSTAR
Empty Enclosures
Zuordnung der
Gehusewnde
Die Zuordnung der Gehu-
sewnde erfolgt ber die
Wandsymbole,
die jedem Produkt zugewiesen
sind. Die einzelnen Zahlen 1
geben den Hinweis, um wel-
che Wand es sich handelt.
Device mounting via DIN rails Device mounting via mounting plates Individual device installation into covers
Hand-operated doors in areas to which Tool-operated doors in areas to which Facilities for earth connection according
unskilled persons have access for opera- only an electrical skilled person may to British Standard
ting devices have access
192
ENYSTAR
Empty Boxes with Transparent Door
Operation and Access also by Unskilled Persons
FP 0140 2
1 Wall 1
Built-in dimensions W 216 x H 126 x D 140 mm 2

max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 136 mm, 270 186
180
box size 1
door locking sealable
please order DIN rails, mounting plates or covers additionally
connector: 4 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separately
FP 0141 2
1 Wall 1

with closing plates for box walls
186
box size 1
connector: 4 items
order flanges separately
FP 0240 2
3 Wall 3

box size 2
360
connector: 4 items
FP 0241 2
3 Wall 3


366
box size 2
connector: 4 items
193
ENYSTAR
FP 0340 2
4 Wall 4

box size 3
540
connector: 6 items
FP 0341 2
4 Wall 4


box size 3
546
connector: 6 items
FP 0440 4
3 Wall 3

box size 4 360
connector: 6 items
FP 0441 4
3 Wall 3


366
box size 4
connector: 6 items
ATTENTION
Built-in equipment must be suitable for operation by electrotechnical unskilled persons

and has to be protected by a cover against direct contact with hazardous life parts.
194
ENYSTAR
FP 0461 3
4 Wall 4


box size 4
546
connector: 6 items
195
ENYSTAR
Empty Boxes with Opaque Door
FP 0150 2
1 Wall 1

180
with opaque door
box size 1
connector: 4 items
FP 0151 2
1 Wall 1

186
with opaque door
box size 1
connector: 4 items
FP 0250 2
3 Wall 3

box size 2 270 186
with opaque door
360
connector: 4 items
FP 0251 2
3 Wall 3


366
with opaque door

box size 2
connector: 4 items
ATTENTION

196
ENYSTAR
FP 0350 2
4 Wall 4

with opaque door
box size 3
540
connector: 6 items
FP 0351 2
4 Wall 4


with opaque door
546
box size 3
connector: 6 items
FP 0450 4
3 Wall 3

with opaque door 360
box size 4
connector: 6 items
FP 0451 4
3 Wall 3


366
with opaque door

box size 4
connector: 6 items
197
ENYSTAR
FP 0471 4
3 Wall 3


with opaque door
546
box size 4
connector: 6 items
ATTENTION

198
ENYSTAR
Access and Operation Only by Skilled Persons
FP 0100 2
1 Wall 1

180
box size 1
connector: 4 items
FP 0101 2
1 Wall 1

186
box size 1
connector: 4 items
FP 0210 2
3 Wall 3

box size 2 360
connector: 4 items
FP 0211 2
3 Wall 3

box size 2
366

connector: 4 items
199
ENYSTAR
FP 0310 2
4 Wall 4

box size 3
540
connector: 6 items
FP 0311 2
4 Wall 4

box size 3
546
connector: 6 items
FP 0400 4
3 Wall 3

box size 4
360
connector: 6 items
FP 0401 4
3 Wall 3

box size 4
366

connector: 6 items
200
ENYSTAR
FP 0411 3
4 Wall 4

box size 4
546
connector: 6 items
201
ENYSTAR
FP 0120 2
1 Wall 1

180
with opaque door
box size 1
connector: 4 items
FP 0121 2
1 Wall 1

186
with opaque door
box size 1
connector: 4 items
FP 0230 2
3 Wall 3

with opaque door
360
box size 2
connector: 4 items
FP 0231 2
3 Wall 3

with opaque door
366
box size 2
connector: 4 items
202
ENYSTAR
FP 0330 2
4 Wall 4

with opaque door
box size 3
540
connector: 6 items
FP 0331 2
4 Wall 4

with opaque door
box size 3
546
connector: 6 items
FP 0420 4
3 Wall 3

with opaque door
360
box size 4
connector: 6 items
FP 0421 4
3 Wall 3

with opaque door
366
box size 4
connector: 6 items
203
ENYSTAR
FP 0431 4
3 Wall 3

with opaque door
box size 4
546
connector: 6 items
204
ENYSTAR
Circuit Breaker Boxes for the Installation of DIN Rail Equipment up to 63 A
FP 1109 2
1 Wall 1
1-row 270 186

N PE
box size 1
180
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology for PE and N
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 63 A in accordance
with DIN 43 880
connector: 4 items
FP 1108 2
1 Wall 1

1-row 276 186
N PE
box size 1
186
with DIN 43 880
connector: 4 items
FP 1219 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2
2-row 270 186

N PE
box size 2
360
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology for PE and N 125

for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 63 A in accordance with
DIN 43 880
connector: 4 items
205
ENYSTAR
FP 1218 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2

2-row 276 186
N PE
box size 2
366

with DIN 43 880
connector: 4 items
FP 1319 2
4 Wall 4
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 2
3-row 270 186

PE
N
box size 3
540
per PE/N 6 x 25 mm, 24 x 4 mm, Cu 125
DIN 43 880
connector: 6 items
FP 1318 2
4 Wall 4
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 2

3-row 276 186
PE
N
box size 3
546
per PE/N 6 x 25 mm, 24 x 4 mm, Cu 125

with DIN 43 880
connector: 6 items
206
ENYSTAR
FP 1409 4
3 Wall 3
54 modules: 2 x 27 x 18 mm 4
2-row 540 186

box size 4 N PE
360
125
DIN 43 880
connector: 6 items
FP 1408 4
3 Wall 3
54 modules: 2 x 27 x 18 mm 4

2-row 546 186
box size 4 N PE
366
125
with DIN 43 880
connector: 6 items
FP 1418 3
4 Wall 4
51 modules: 3 x 17 x 18 3

3-row 366 186
PE
N
box size 4
546
per PE/N 6 x 25 mm, 24 x 4 mm, Cu 125

with DIN 43 880
connector: 6 items
207
ENYSTAR
Operation also by Unskilled Persons
FP 1211 2
3 Wall 3
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 2
for miniature circuit breakers (MCB)

1-row 276 186
box size 2
with 1 DIN rail 216 mm wide (for installation depth of 72 mm)
366
in accordance with DIN 43 880 N PE

cover can be sealed
with lockable blanking strips
connector: 4 items
Example:
2 x FP 1318
with closing plates 2 2
2 x 3-row 2 22 2
PE+N x cross section
6 x 25 mm2, Cu 2 22 2 125 125
24 x 4 mm2, Cu 2 2
attached enclosure connectors: 6 items 125 125
208
ENYSTAR
FP 1105 2
1 Wall 1
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 2

1-row 276 169
box size 1
186
with DIN 43 880
connector: 4 items
walls closed with closing plates, closing plate set included
FP 1215 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2

2-row 276 169
box size 2
366
125
with DIN 43 880
connector: 4 items
FP 1315 2
4 Wall 4
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 2

3-row 276 169
box size 3
125
546
with DIN 43 880 125

connector: 6 items
209
ENYSTAR
FP 1415 3
4 Wall 4
51 modules: 3 x 17 x 18 3

3-row 366 169
box size 4
125
546
with DIN 43 880 125

connector: 6 items
210
ENYSTAR
FP 1106 2
1 Wall 1
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 2

1-row 270 186
box size 1
180
with installation of a PE/N terminal the number of modules is
reduced to 1 x 9 x 18 mm
with DIN 43 880
with removable DIN rail rack and earth connection
connector: 4 items
FP 1107 2
1 Wall 1
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 2

1-row 276 169
box size 1
186
with installation of a PE/N terminal the number of modules is
reduced to 1 x 9 x 18 mm
with DIN 43 880
connector: 4 items
Removable DIN rail rack for e.g. earth connection (British standard)
211
ENYSTAR
FP 1216 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2

2-row 270 169
box size 2
360
125
with DIN 43 880
connector: 4 items
order closing plate sets, single closing plates and flanges separa-
tely
FP 1217 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2

2-row 276 169
box size 2
366
125
with DIN 43 880
connector: 4 items
212
ENYSTAR
FP 1316 2
4 Wall 4
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 2

3-row 270 169
box size 3
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 63 A in accordance with 125
540
DIN 43 880 125
connector: 6 items
FP 1317 2
4 Wall 4
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 2

3-row 276 169
box size 3
125
546
with DIN 43 880 125
connector: 6 items
213
ENYSTAR
FP 1406 4
3 Wall 3
54 modules: 2 x 27 x 18 mm 4

2-row 540 169
box size 4
360
125
DIN 43 880
connector: 6 items
FP 1417 3
4 Wall 4
51 modules: 3 x 17 x 18 3

3-row 366 169
box size 4
125
546
with DIN 43 880 125

connector: 6 items
214
ENYSTAR
FP 1101 2
1 Wall 1
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 2

1-row 270 186
box size 1
180
with DIN 43 880
use enclosure FP 1100 for N/PE terminals
connector: 4 items
FP 1249 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2

2-row 270 186
box size 2
360
for installation of DIN rail equipment up to 100 A in accordance 150
with DIN 43 880

connector: 4 items
FP 1349 2
4 Wall 4
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 2

3-row 270 186
box size 3
540
with DIN 43 880 150

connector: 6 items
215
ENYSTAR
FP 1439 4
3 Wall 3
54 modules: 2 x 27 x 18 mm 4

2-row 540 186
box size 4
360
with DIN 43 880

connector: 6 items
FP 1211 2
3 Wall 3
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 2

1-row 276 186
box size 2
366
with DIN 43 880 N PE

cover can be sealed
connector: 4 items
FP 1100 2
1 Wall 1
Terminal box 2
per PE+N 12 x 1.5-16 mm, Cu, 1 x 4-35

mm, Cu
rated current: 125 A 270 163
box size 1 N
180
with opaque door PE

216
ENYSTAR
KWH Meter Boxes
Access and Operation only by skilled persons
FP 2211 2
3 Wall 3
max. installation depth: 136 mm 2
with meter fixing screws

box size 2 270 163
use in unmetered area after consultation with local power supply
companies
360
connector: 4 items
FP 2312 2
4 Wall 4
with supports for 2 KWH meters

or for the installation of 1 kWh meter and 1 additional DIN rail 270 163
box size 3
use in unmetered area after consultation with local power supply
companies
540
connector: 6 items
217
ENYSTAR
Busbar Boxes
Access and Operation only by skilled persons
FP 3212 2
3 Wall 3
Busbar rated current: 250 A 2
box size 2 270 163
5-pole
PE
N
360
centreline spacing of busbars: 60 mm
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the phase
conductors
installation width:
space units: 12
connector: 4 items
FP 3402 4
3 Wall 3
box size 4 540 163
5-pole
PE
N
360
conductors
installation width: 180 mm and 288 mm
space units: 10 and 16
connector: 6 items
FP SV 25
Busbar connector
for busbars 250 A, 5-pole
for the connection of ENYSTAR busbar boxes
218
ENYSTAR
Covers and Fusegear
FP AP 21
Cover for bus-mounted fusegear
for enclosure size 2
forbusbar boxes for equipping with fusegear HRC RT 00C and ZS RS 18
cut-out:
H 160 mm x W 216 mm
space units: 12
FP AP 41
Cover for bus-mounted fusegear
forbusbar boxes for equipping with fusegear HRC RT 00C and ZS RS 18
cut-out:
H 160 mm x W 180 mm and H 160 mm x W 288 mm
space units: 10 and 16
FP BA 70
Blanking cover
W 126 x H 160 mm
for blanking of unused openings in covers and terminals for direct busbar connection 16-70 mm
for blanking of unused openings in covers for bus-mounted fusegear
space unit: 7
divisible every 18 mm
NH RT 00C
HRC 00C bus-mounted fuse switch dis-
connector
connection: 1,5-50 mm, Cu
3-polig 90
rated current: 125 A
160
W 90 mm x H 160 mm, space unit: 5
for retrofitting on busbars
busbar thickness 5 mm and distance 60 mm between bars
rated voltage AC 690 V
ZS RS 18
D02 bus-mounted fuse base
connection: 1.5-16 mm, Cu, 3-pole
rated current: 63 A 36
W 36 x H 160 mm, space unit: 2

160

busbar thickness 5 mm and distance 60 mm between bars
219
ENYSTAR
Terminal for direct connection on busbar

forsolid (sol), stranded (s), flexible (f) copper conductors, with gas-tight crimped end sleeve
and for laminated wiring strip
Note: To comply the insulation resistance there must be an air gab of 10 mm between different poten-
tials and to inactive, conductive metal parts 15 mm.
Type Cross-section Wiring strip for busbars
KS 16 F 1,5-16 mm2 Cu ... x 5 mm
KS 35 F 4-35 mm2 Cu 100 A: Mi VS 100 ... x 5 mm

160 A: Mi VS 160

160 A: Mi VS 160
KS 150 F 35-150 mm2 Cu 250 A: Mi VS 250 12 x 5 mm /

12 x 10 mm
KS 240/12 35-240 mm2 Cu/Alu * 12 x 5 mm /

12 x 10 mm
AM RK 150 Connection module 35-150 mm

for bus-mounting in busbar boxes with covers
5-pole
Space unit: 8
L1-L3, N: 35-150 mm Cu 250 A: Mi VS 250 12 x 5 mm

PE: 10-70 mm Cu 160 A: Mi VS 160
* Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:

1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the oxide lm, for example with a knife,
(Please do not use rasps, emery paper or brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide lm the conductor end is to rub in with acid and alkali free fat
for example vaseline, and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the conductor was disconnected and
connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to owing of aluminum the terminals are to be re-tightened before start-up and
after the rst 200 operation hours.
220
Width Tightening torque for For Busbar For Busbar Boxes For Busbar Boxes with
terminal Boxes with covers for com- covers for combina-
bination with tion with fusegears
fusegears and blanking covers
PE PE
N N
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
11 mm 4 Nm PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
N N N N N N
L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2
L2 L3 L2 L3 L2 L3
L3 L3 L3
16 mm 6 Nm PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
N N N N N N
L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2
L2 L3 L2 L3 L2 L3
L3 L3 L3
21 mm 10 Nm PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
N N N N N N
L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2
L2 L3 L2 L3 L2 L3
L3 L3 L3
34 mm 12 Nm PE
PE
PE
PE
N N N N
L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2
L2 L3 L2 L3
L3 L3
34 mm 40 Nm PE
PE
N N
L1 L1
L2
L2 L3
L3
PE PE
PE PE
N N N N
L1 L1 L1 L1
144 mm 12,0 Nm L1-L3, N L2
L2
L2
L2
L3 L3
10,0 Nm PE L3 L3
221
ENYSTAR
HRC Fuse Boxes with Fuse Switch Disconnectors
Fuse Switch Disconnectors in Accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Access and Operation only by Skilled Persons
FP 4211 2
3 Wall 3
1 x HRC 00C, 3pole 2
with PE and N for copper conductors 270 163

connection: 2,5-50 mm, terminal Cu
wiring area top/bottom changeable
360
N PE
connector: 4 items
box size 2
rated current maximum rated current of fuse

link: 100 A
FP 4212 2
3 Wall 3
2 x HRC 00C, 3-pole 2

connection: incoming 2,5-35 mm, terminal Cu, connection: out-
going 2,5-50 mm, terminal Cu
360
N PE
with connection for splitting-up incoming cable
connector: 4 items
box size 2

link: 100 A
FP 4312 2
4 Wall 4
1 x HRC 1, 3pole 2

connection: M 10 / Mi VS 250+VA 400 (for terminal technology refer
to index technical data)
540

door fastener with tool operation N PE

connector: 6 items
box size 3

link: 200 A
222
ENYSTAR
Isolator boxes
Switch Disconnectors in Accordance with IEC 60 947-3
FP 5101 2
1 Wall 1
switch disconnector 63 A 2
3-pole PE + N
connection: 2,5-35 mm, Cu or Mi VS 100 270 186
63A
180
N PE

lockable handle
box size 1
connector: 4 items
switching capacity 30 kW
AC-23A/B 400 V
maximum back-up fuse 80 A
rated voltage Ue= AC 690 V
FP 5103 2
1 Wall 1
4-polig PE
connection: 2,5-35 mm, Cu or Mi VS 100 270 186
63A
180
PE

lockable handle
box size 1
connector: 4 items
AC-23A/B 400 V
FP 5102 2
1 Wall 1
3-pole PE + N
connection: 10-35 mm, Cu or Mi VS 100 270 186
100A
180
N PE

lockable handle
box size 1
connector: 4 items
AC-23A/B 400 V
223
ENYSTAR
Isolator boxes
FP 5104 2
1 Wall 1
4-polig PE
connection: 10-35 mm, Cu or Mi VS 100 270 186
100A
180
PE

lockable handle
box size 1
connector: 4 items
AC-23A/B 400 V
FP 5201 2
3 Wall 3
3-pole PE + N
connection: 70 mm, Cu or Mi VS 160 270 186
360
door locking with hand operation N PE

lockable handle
box size 2
connector: 4 items
AC-23A/B 400 V
FP 5202 2
3 Wall 3
4-polig PE

360
door locking with hand operation PE

lockable handle
box size 2
connector: 4 items
AC-23A/B 400 V
224
ENYSTAR
Isolator boxes
FP 5211 2
3 Wall 3
3-pole PE + N
360
door locking with hand operation N PE

lockable handle
box size 2
connector: 4 items
AC-23A/B 400 V
FP 5213 2
3 Wall 3
4-polig PE
360
door locking with hand operation PE

lockable handle
box size 2
connector: 4 items
AC-23A/B 400 V
FP 5312 2
4 Wall 4
3-pole PE + N
connection: M 10 (max. 1 x 150 mm per phase) or 270 186
VA 400 + Mi VS 250
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
540

N PE

lockable handle
box size 3
connector: 6 items

AC-23A/B 400 V
225
ENYSTAR
Circuit-breaker boxes
Circuit-breakers in accordance with IEC 60 947-2
Access and Operation only by Skilled Persons
FP 5216 2
3 Wall 3
160 A 2
3-pole PE + N
MCCB with overload and short-circuit release
360
door fastener with tool operation N PE

box size 2
connector: 4 items

rated ultimate short-circuit Ics = Icu AC 690 V 8 kA
breaking capacity Ics = Icu AC 415 V 36 kA
overload release setting range 112-160 A
FP 5325 2
4 Wall 4
250 A 2
3-pole PE + N
540
N PE

box size 3
connector: 6 items

226
ENYSTAR
Accessories
Connection Box 228

Extension frames, DIN rails, Spacer 229
Mounting plates for the installation of devices 230
Covers, Sealing device for covers 231
Partition, Blanking strips 232
PE / N terminals, Main line branch terminals 232 - 234
Auxiliary contact, Open-circuit shunt release,
Undervoltage release, Wiring terminal,
Terminal for direct connection 235
Terminal for direct connection on busbar 236 - 237
Busbar, Busbar support, Wiring strips 238
Wall separators, Closing plates 239
Ventilation / Pressure compensation 240
Closing plate sets 241
Metal inserts for closing plates 242
Flanges 243 - 245
Canopy 245
Connectors, facility for sealing,
Conversion kit for door fastener, Door lock,
Dust protection cover, External brackets,
Mounting proles 246 - 247
227
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP CB 210
Connection Box
for mounting on box walls (270 mm) 270 158
215
hinged mounting area
180
for the installation of devices that must be operated externally,
125
such as plug devices, push buttons and switches 45
Example:
the Connection Box allows a simple and fast installation of devices, that must be operated externally,
such as plug devices, push buttons and switches.
228
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP ZR 30
Extension frame
for enclosures size 3
for extension of the installation depth by 50 mm 270 50
inclusive fixing material
suitable for the admission of cover FP AP 30 in different
installation depths
540
FP ZR 40
Extension frame
360
suitable for the admission of cover FP AP 40 in different
installation depths
FP TS 27
DIN rail
length 216 mm
in accordance with DIN EN 60 715
for ENYSTAR empty boxes sizes 1, 2 and 3
with fixing screws
FP TS 36
DIN rail
length 306 mm
for ENYSTAR empty boxes sizes 2 and 4
with fixing screws
FP TS 54
DIN rail
length 486 mm
for ENYSTAR empty boxes sizes 3 and 4
with fixing screws
FP DS 02
Spacer
height: 29.5 mm or 53.5 mm
forspacing DIN rails ENYSTAR
2 pieces
with fixing screws for fixing on bottoms
229
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP MP 10
Mounting plate
W 216 x H 126 mm
forENYSTAR empty boxes sizes 1, 2 and 3
with fixing screws
FP MP 20
Mounting plate
W 216 x H 306 mm
forENYSTAR empty boxes sizes 2, 3 and 4
with fixing screws
FP MP 30
Mounting plate
W 216 x H 486 mm
forENYSTAR empty boxes sizes 3 and 4
with fixing screws
FP MP 40
Mounting plate
W 486 x H 306 mm
forENYSTAR empty boxes size 4
with fixing screws
FP BZ 13
Fixing screw
length 13 mm
for assembling DIN rails or mounting plates at the base of the box
for material thicknesses of 2.5 to 4 mm
self-tapping
galvanised
Example:
230
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP AP 10
Cover without cut-outs
W 220 x H 130 mm
forENYSTAR enclosure size 1
forretrofitting
as protection cover or for installation of equipment
FP AP 20
W 220 x H 310 mm
forretrofitting
FP AP 30
W 220 x H 490 mm
forretrofitting
FP AP 40
W 490 x H 310 mm
forretrofitting
FP PL 2
Sealing device for covers
not suitable for circuit-breaker boxes
can be retrofitted
2 pieces
with fixing screws
Example:
231
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP TW 18
Partition
180 mm
to push-in between enclosures
FP TW 27
Partition
270 mm
FP TW 36
Partition
360 mm
except between two busbar boxes
AS 12
Blanking strip
12 modules
12 x 18 mm, divisible every 9 mm
AS 18
Blanking strip
18 modules
18 X 18 mm, divisible every 9 mm
FC PN 20
PE and N terminal
forinstallation on DIN rails in accordance with IEC 60 715, top hat profile 35 mm
forboxes with 1 x 12 modules (through terminal reduction to 9 modules)
FP FC 24
PE and N terminal
forenclosures with 2 x 12 modules
with fixing screws
FP FC 36
PE and N terminal
with fixing screws
232
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP FC 54
PE and N terminal
with fixing screws
FP FC 51
PE and N terminal
with fixing screws
FC PE 10
PE terminal
2 x 25 mm, 8 x 4 mm, Cu
for boxes with 1 x 12 modules (through terminal reduction to 9
modules)
for installation on DIN rails in accordance with IEC 60 715, top hat
profile 35 mm
FIXCONNECT plug-in technology, for terminal technology refer to
index technical data
FP FC 054
PE terminal
6 x 25 mm, 24 x 4 mm, Cu
forenclosures with 2 x 12 modules, 3 x 12 modules, 2 x 27 modules
with fixing screws
FP FC 051
PE terminal
8 x 25 mm, 32 x 4 mm, Cu
with fixing screws
FC BS 5
set with 5 pieces
233
ENYSTAR
Accessories
KKL 34
Main line branch terminal
per pole 4 x 1.5-25 mm as L1-L3, Cu
3-pole as connecting terminal 25 mm 56
39
35,4
width: 61 mm
KKL 48
per pole 4 x 1.5-25 mm, as L1-L3;
8 x 1.5-25 mm, as N, Cu
forinstallation on DIN rails in accordance with IEC 60 715, top hat profile
39
35 mm
35,4
width: 100 mm
KKL 54
per pole 4 x 1.5-25 mm as L1-L3;
4 x 1.5-25mm as N;
4 x 1.5-25 mm as PE, Cu
39
35,4
width: 100 mm
234
ENYSTAR
Accessories
Mi HS 20
Auxiliary contact
2 changeover contacts for retrofitting on switch disconnectors 160-630 A
rated current: 6 A
2-pole
connection with flat connector 6.3 mm
MK 0107
Auxiliary changeover contact
for circuit-breakers 16-630 A
rated current: 6 A
1-pole
The auxiliary switches can report different functions depending on their mounting location
in the circuit-breaker.
circuit breaker 160/250 A = 2x ON/OFF signal + 1x tripping signal
circuit-breaker 400/630 A = 3x ON/OFF signal + 1x tripping signal + 1x electric error signal
MK 0106
Open-circuit shunt release
AC 50/60 Hz, 200 to 240 V
the main contacts of the circuit-breaker are opened when voltage of more than 0.7 x Un is applied
MK 0105
Undervoltage release
AC 50/60 Hz, 200 to 240 V
when the control voltage drops below 0.35 - 0.7 x Un, the main contacts of the circuit-breaker
are opened
the closing of the contacts can only take place with voltages above 0.85 x Un
VA 400
Wiring terminal up to 400 A
terminalfor direct connection of laminated copper wiring strip (Mi VS 250 and Mi VS 400)
up to 400 A
onto switchgear with flat contact M10
DA 185
Terminal for direct connection
formounting onto switchgear with flat contact M10
ratedconnecting capacity:
16-185 mm s (round), Cu
16-185 mm s (sector), Cu
16-185 mm sol(round), Cu
16-185 mm sol (sector), Cu
235
ENYSTAR
Accessories

forsolid (sol), stranded (s), flexible (f) copper conductors, with gas-tight crimped end sleeve
and for laminated wiring strip
Note: To comply the insulation resistance there must be an air gab of 10 mm between different poten-
tials and to inactive, conductive metal parts 15 mm.
Type Cross-section Wiring strip for busbars
KS 16 F 1,5-16 mm2 Cu ... x 5 mm

160 A: Mi VS 160

160 A: Mi VS 160
KS 150 F 35-150 mm2 Cu 250 A: Mi VS 250 12 x 5 mm /

12 x 10 mm
KS 240/12 35-240 mm2 Cu/Alu * 12 x 5 mm /

12 x 10 mm
AM RK 150 Connection module 35-150 mm

for bus-mounting in busbar boxes with covers
5-pole
Space unit: 8
L1-L3, N: 35-150 mm Cu 250 A: Mi VS 250 12 x 5 mm

PE: 10-70 mm Cu 160 A: Mi VS 160
* Reference to the preparation of aluminum conductors:

1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the oxide lm, for example with a knife,
2. Immediately after removing the oxide lm the conductor end is to rub in with acid and alkali free fat
for example vaseline, and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to owing of aluminum the terminals are to be re-tightened before start-up and
after the rst 200 operation hours.
236
Width Tightening torque for For Busbar For Busbar Boxes For Busbar Boxes with
terminal Boxes with covers for com- covers for combina-
bination with tion with fusegears
fusegears and blanking covers
PE PE
N N
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
11 mm 4 Nm PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
N N N N N N
L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2
L2 L3 L2 L3 L2 L3
L3 L3 L3
16 mm 6 Nm PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
N N N N N N
L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2
L2 L3 L2 L3 L2 L3
L3 L3 L3
21 mm 10 Nm PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
PE
N N N N N N
L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2
L2 L3 L2 L3 L2 L3
L3 L3 L3
34 mm 12 Nm PE
PE
PE
PE
N N N N
L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2
L2 L3 L2 L3
L3 L3
34 mm 40 Nm PE
PE
N N
L1 L1
L2
L2 L3
L3
PE PE
PE PE
N N N N
L1 L1 L1 L1
144 mm 12,0 Nm L1-L3, N L2
L2
L2
L2
L3 L3
10,0 Nm PE L3 L3
237
ENYSTAR
Accessories
Mi SS 22
Busbar 12 x 5 mm
length 2400 mm
conductor material: Cu
busbar rated current 250 A as N/PE, 400 A as PE, with ENYSTAR
as L1, L2, L3, N and PE 250 A
FP ST 25
Busbar support
for installation in FP empty enclosures 5
12
centreline spacing of busbars: 60 mm PE
40
for bus bars 12 x 5 mm 10 N (PEN)
with fixing screws
60
L1
260
175
60
12
L2
60
L3
12
28
Mi VS 100
Wiring strip
forconnections of 100 A between busbars and built-in equipment
wiring instructions for equipment (e.g. wire range ...mm) must be
observed
length 2000 mm
number of sheets: 3 pieces
width: 9 mm
material thickness per sheet 0.8 mm
Mi VS 160
Wiring strip
observed
length 2000 mm
sheets: 6 pieces
width: 9 mm
Mi VS 250
Wiring strip
observed
length 2000 mm
sheets: 6 pieces
width: 15.5 mm
238
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP WT 1
Wall separator
forconnecting enclosure walls of different sizes (refer to technical data)
forinsertion in bases of enclosures
with 2 fixing elements
FP VP 18
Closing plate
180 mm
without knockouts
FP VP 27
Closing plate
270 mm
without knockouts
FP VP 36
Closing plate
360 mm
without knockouts
239
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP BF 18
Ventilation flange
180 mm
for ventilation of ENYSTAR Distribution boards in the event of extremely high internal temperatures
or a risk of water condensation
for vertical installation on box walls
FP BF 27
Ventilation flange
270 mm
FP BF 36
Ventilation flange
360 mm
BE 44
Ventilation insert
BM 32
Pressure compensation element
for M 32 knockouts
for the reduction of condensation by pressure compensation 66
15,7
in power distribution systems

30,7

bore-hole: 32.3 mm
wall thickness of up to 8 mm M32x1,5
with counter nut
In order not to exceed leakage limit of 0.07 bar with pressure
compensation, one pressure compensation element BM 32 must be used
per 42 litres (42000 cm) of enclosure volume.
Example: enclosure size 30 cm x 60 cm x 17 cm = 30600 cm = 30,6 litres.
Number of necessary BM 32 (M32) = 1 piece.
240
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP VS 10
Closing plate set
box size 1
2 x for box wall 1 (180 mm) and 2 x for box wall 2 (270 mm)
without knockouts
FP VS 20
Closing plate set
box size 2
without knockouts
FP VS 30
Closing plate set
box size 3
6x for box wall 2 (270 mm)
without knockouts
FP VS 40
Closing plate set
box size 4
without knockouts
241
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP VM 27
Metal insert for closing plates
box size 2 (270 mm)
forearthing of metal armoured cables 270
without knockouts
112
80
mounting width 215 mm 180
mounting height 80 mm
FP VM 36
Metal insert for closing plates
forbox wall 3 (360 mm)
forearthing of metal armoured cables 360
without knockouts
112
80
mounting width 215 mm 270
Earth connection according to Britsh Standard installation via built-in metal insert.
242
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP FG 200
Flange
without knockouts
box size 2 (270 mm)
attached enclosure connectors: 2 items
mounting width 240 mm

FP FG 222
Flange
sealing range 6-30 mm
sealing range: 17 x 6-13 mm, 2 x 9-17 mm, 2 x 8-23 mm,
1 x 11-30 mm
box size 2 (270 mm)
with integrated grommets for cable entry
FP FM 225
Flange
knockouts: 7 x M 16/25, 13 x M 20/25
box size 2 (270 mm)
FP FM 232
Flange
knockouts: 8 x M 25/32, 2 x M 25/32/40
box size 2 (270 mm)
FP FM 240
Flange
knockouts: 2 x M 25/32, 5 x M 25/32/40
box size 2 (270 mm)
FP FM 263
Flange
knockouts: 2 x M 20, 2 x M 25/32, 2 x M 32/40/50,
1 x M 40/50/63
box size 2 (270 mm)
243
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP FG 272
Flange
box size 2 (270 mm)
FP FG 273
Flange
box size 2 (270 mm)
FP FG 282
Cable insert
box size 2 (270 mm)
degree of protection IP 65 only with additional strain and pressure
relief (e.g. FP ZE 272)
FP GS 27
Box fin
for inserting cables across 2 boxes
removable
for box walls 270 mm
can be retrofitted
FP ZE 272
Cable strain relief
for 2 cables with max. 60 mm external
diameter
box size 2 (270 mm)
with fixing screws
FP FG 300
Flange
without knockouts
for box wall 3 (360 mm)

244
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP FG 331
Flange
sealing range: 22 x 6-13 mm, 6 x 9-17 mm, 2 x 8-23 mm,
1 x 11-30 mm
for box wall 3 (360 mm)
with integrated grommets for cable entry
FP DB 27
Canopy
for box wall 270 mm
W 270 x D 245 mm
FP DB 36
Canopy
for box wall 300 mm
W 360 x D 245 mm
Mi DB 01
Canopy end plate
for canopies FP DB xx and Mi DB xx
Application of canopy:
245
ENYSTAR
Accessories
FP GV 10
Connector
when converting existing installations
forconnection of enclosures or fixation of flanges
set with 10 pieces
FP PL 3
fordoor sealing
can be retrofitted
2 pieces
FP TS 1
Door lock
converting kit to key operation
for subsequent installation in hand operated door locking system
FP TW 1
Tool operation
conversion kit to tool operation
can be retrofitted
FP TW 2
Tool key for double-bit
can be retrofitted
FP TW 3
Tool key for triangular lock, 8 mm
can be retrofitted
FP TW 4
Tool key for sqare lock, 8 mm
can be retrofitted
US 1
Multikey
triangular 8 mm, square 8 mm, double-bit and slot
246
ENYSTAR
Accessories
DS 1
Triangular key 8 mm
FP TA 1
for door fasteners after removing the key operation device
can be retrofitted
set with 10 pieces
FP AL 40
FP MS 1
Profile for wall mounting
for ENYSTAR distribution board assemblies up to 810 x 1260 mm
with 8 screws, washers and nuts for fastening of enclosures
length 1980 mm
Material sendzimir galvanised steel profile
with structured powder coating
Varnish pen RAL 7016

12 ml
247
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Operating and ambient conditions 249

Standards and requirements 250
Rated power dissipation of empty boxes 251 - 252
Detail dimensions in mm 253
Assembly of enclosures 254 - 255
Wall-mounting 256
Assembly 257 - 261
248
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Enclosures with door and closing plates

Empty enclosures FP 0... Circuit breaker boxes FP 1...
Application area Suitable for indoor installation and outdoor installation, protected against weather inuences
However, pay attention to the climatic effects on the installed equipment , for example, high or low
ambient temperatures or formation of condensed water see technical information
Ambient temperature
- Average value over 24 + 35 C The ambient temperature for enclosures with
electrcal funtions (distribution boards) is reduced
hours + 70 C + 40 C
by the installed equipment technology!
- Maximum value 25 C 5 C
- Minimum value
Relative humidity Adhere to the assembly instructions issued by the 50% at 40 C
- short-time manufacturer. 100% at 25 C
in the event
of internal faults Minimum requirements
Burning behaviour
- Glow wire test
IEC 60 695-2-11 960 C 960 C
- UL Subject 94 V-2 V-2
ame-retardant ame-retardant
self-extinguishing self-extinguishing
Degree of protection
IK 08 (5 Joule) IK 08 (5 Joule)
halogen-free 1) halogen-free 1)
Toxic behaviour
silicone-free silicone-free
1)
Halogen-free in accordance with IEC 754-2 Common test methods for cables - Determination of the
amount of halogen acid gas.
249
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Standards and Requirements
ENYSTAR distribution Distribution boards assembled and wired according to manufacturer data without essential deviations
boards comply with the from the original type or system.
requirements
of the IEC 61 439-3
To meet these requirements for Hensel ENYSTAR Distribution boards, the following must be noted:
1. The distribution boards must consist of the veried enclosures documented in this list.
2. The wiring of the equipment must be carried out with the cross-sections and con-
ductor types indicated in Table Rating of insulated conductors in switchgear assemblies,
Index Technics.
3. Once the distribution board is completed, a routine test must be carried out in accordance with
this standard.
4. The test must be certied with a test report.
5. The assembly must be provided with a manufacturers identication mark.

Compliance with important data such as
- limit of temperature rise
- dielectric strength
- IP degrees of protection
- creepage distances and clearances
is veried for this system.
Standards and - IEC 61 439-3

regulations ... low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies intended to be in places
where unskilled persons have access to their use - distribution boards
- IEC 60 999, connecting devices

Safety requirements for screw-type and screwless-type clamping units
for electrical copper conductors
- DIN EN 50 262
Metric threaded cable glands for electrical installations
- DIN 43 880
Built-in equipment for electrical installations; overall dimensions
and related mounting dimensions
- IEC 60 529 / DIN VDE 0470 Teil 1

250
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Power Dissipation of Empty Boxes
Temperature rise () with ENYSTAR enclosures by power dissipation

of electrical devices
Single enclosures
J box box box box
size 1 size 2 size 3 * size 4 *
40 K
35 K
30 K
25 K
20 K
15 K
10 K
5K
10W 20W 30W 40W 50W 60W 70W 80W 90W 100W
* with/without extension frame
Assembled enclosures
J box box box box
size 1 size 2 size 3 * size 4 *
40 K
35 K
30 K
25 K
20 K
15 K
10 K
5K
10W 20W 30W 40W 50W 60W 70W 80W 90W 100W
* with/without extension frame
251
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Note!
The maximally permissible operating temperature inside the enclosures (imax)
is determined by:
1st Maximally permissible ambient temperature of the installed electrical devices (please consider data of the
equipment manufacturers)
2nd Category temperature of the internal wiring and the inserted cables
3rd Temperatur resistance of the enclosure materials and the cable entries etc.
Example: Computation of the maximum rated power dissipation (PV)

Maximally permissible operating temperature
e.g. 55 C
inside the enclosure(s) (imax):
Ambient temperature of the enclosure(s) (U): 25 C
Maximally permissible heating up inside the = max - U = 55 C - 25 C = 30 K
enclosure:
Maximum permissible power dissipation of the
installed equipment inclusive wiring (PV) in accor-
dance with diagram:
Enclosure size 3 (540 x 270 x 163 mm):
Single enclosure: PV = 36 W
Enclosures in assemblies: PV = 24 W
Example: Computation of the operating temperature inside the enclosure (i)

Rated power dissipation of the installed electrical 24 W
equipment (PV):
Heating up inside the enclosures in accordance
with diagram over:
Enclosure size 3 (540 x 270 x 163 mm):
Single enclosures: = 20 K; i = U + = 25 C + 20 K = 45 C
Assembled enclosures: = 30 K; i = U + = 25 C + 30 K = 55 C
252
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Dimensions in mm
276 186 276 163

250 113 25 250 113 25
216 25 216 25
80 80
173 173
276 186 276 163
250 113 25 250 113 25
216 25 216 25
80 80
173 173
263
263
366
366
306
306
280
280
340
340
160
160
186
186
126
126
100
100
83
83
5
5
5
5
25 93 25 93 25 93 25 93
FP 0141 140 FP 0241 140 FP 0101 140 FP 0211 140
FP 0151 FP 0251 FP 0121 FP 0231

276 186 366 186 276 163 366 163
250 113 25 340 113 25 250 113 25 340 113 25
216 25 306 25 216 25 306 25
80 80 80 80
173 263 173 263
546
520
486
443
546
520
486
443
546
520
486
443
546
520
486
443
190
190
190
190
5
5
5
5
25 93 25 93 25 93 25 93
140 140 140 140
FP 0341 FP 0461 FP 0311 FP 0411
FP 0351 FP 0471 FP 0331 FP 0431
546 186 546 163
520 113 25 520 113 25
486 25 486 25
80 80
443 443
263
263
366
280
366
280
306
306
340
= usable 340
5
5
installation
space 25 93 25 93
140 140
FP 0441 FP 0401
FP 0451 FP 0421
270 186 270 186 270 163 270 163

250 113 25 250 113 25 250 113 25 250 113 25
216 25 216 25 216 25 216 25
80 80 80 80
173 173 173 173
160
160
180
180
126
126
100
100
83
83
5
25 93 25 93
140 140
540
520
486
443
540
520
486
443
FP 0140 FP 0100
FP 0150 FP 0120
190
190
270 186 270 163

250 113 25 250 113 25
5
216 25 216 25
80 80
173 25 93 173 25 93
140 140
FP 0340 FP 0310
FP 0350 FP 0330
263
360
306
280
340
263
360
306
280
340
5
25 93 25 93
FP 0240 140 FP 0210 140
FP 0250 FP 0230
540 186 540 163
520 113 25 520 113 25
486 25 486 25
80 80
443 443
263
360
280
306
263
340
360
280
306
340
5
25 93 FP 0440 25 93 FP 0400
140 FP 0450 140 FP 0420
253
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Assembly of Enclosures
Combination of enclosures
with connectors and wall At this point a wall separator is nec-
essary for the enclosure combination.
separators
box size 4
box size 2 box size 1
box size 1
box size 2
box size 3
box size 1
box size 1
box size 3
box size 1
box size 1
box size 1
box size 1 box size 2 box size 3
box size 3
box size 2
box size 3 box size 2

box size 1
Fast assembly and mounting

All necessary gaskets are integral part of the The connection of enclosures is not only co-ordi-
enclosures. The enclosures are interconnected nated with enclosures of the same size.
among themselves by easily pushing-in of con- By means of wall separators also different sized
nectors. No tools are necessary. enclosures can be combined.
Connectors are attached to the enclosures in
sufcient number. For reconstruction or exten- Wall separators provide for high rigidity and tight-
sions of existing distribution boards connectors ness at the connection points of the enclosures,
FP GV 10 (set consists of 10 pieces) can be degree of protection IP 66.
supplemented.
254
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Assembly of Enclosures
Combination
with connectors and wall
separators
Assembly of enclosures
quickly and easily.
Pushing-in of connectors for

the assembly of enclosures of
different sizes.
Congurator ENYGUIDE
supports project
engineering
ENYGUIDE gures out
independently the necessary
accessories like the number
of wall separators.
(Wall separators are red co-
loured in the drawing.)
www.enyguide.eu
255
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Wall Mounting
External brackets
made from stainless steel
for external box xing
FP AL 40 (4 pieces)
20 5
10
10
32
27
37
Mounting prole
for wall-mounting of ENYSTAR
distribution boards,
steel prole, length 1980 mm
FP MS 1
Fixing matrix of 35 90
mounting prole
10,5
43
Note:
Please x mounting prole in vertical position
42
as possible in order to give occation to cable
routing behind the assembly.
For cutting to the required length x mounting prole

for example with a clamp to a desk.
Transport
Regarding transportation it is recommendable to protect the assembly
against deection. For that please screw the assembly to a solid timber.
256
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Assembly
Step 1:
Assembly of enclosures
according to layout
Step 2:
Removal of the frames
with doors
ENYSTAR is an open enclosure
construction for the quick as-
sembly of distribution boards.
Bases are open in all four
directions. This enables a fast
and efficient assembly to distri-
bution boards.
All gaskets are already integra-
ted. Degree of protection IP 66.
Step 3:
Enclosure connection
All enclosures of the distribu-
tion systems are firmly con-
nected fast and simply with
connectors. Connectors are
attached to the enclosures
always in sufficient number.
257
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Assembly
Step 4:
Inserting wall separators
Wall separators are used every-
where, where different sizes of
enclosure walls are combined.
Wall separators provide for
high rigidity and tightness at
the connection points of the
enclosures, degree of protec-
tion IP 66.
Step 5:
Closing of walls via closing
plates
Closing plates are fixed with
enclosure connectors. Two
enclosure connectors are
always included to a closing
plate.
Closing of walls with

anges for the cable entry
or with closing plates
A wide range of flanges for the
cable entry is available. Flanges
are affixed to enclosures with
connectors. Connectors are
attached to the enclosures al-
ways in sufcient number. The
remaining enclosure walls are
closed with closing plates.
258
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Assembly
Step 5:
Installation of cable inserts
Saw the box n. Afterwards
the cable insertion is xed via
enclosure connectors and the
rubber entries can be inserted.
The cable is fed into the box

from the front.
Assembly of box n
Cutting out box walls. Then
insert box n and secure via
wedges.
259
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Assembly
Step 6:
Device mounting via mount-
ing plates or DIN rails
Installation devices can be
fixed on mounting plates with
self-threading screws.
DIN rails are mounted right

away on the bottom of bases
or via spacers in heights
of 29.5 mm or 53.5 mm.
Step 7:
Device installation into
covers
Pre-drill the cut-outs at the
corners. Then saw out the
cut-outs from the cover by us-
ing a piercing saw with coarse
toothed saw blades for plastics
(e.g. Bosch T 101B).
Install devices.
Cover is snapped in the door-

frame from the rear.
Afterward, the door-frame with

door and the cover is screwed
on base of enclosure.
Installation depth for equipment

installation in covers
260
ENYSTAR
Technical Details
Assembly
Step 8:
Sealing
Installable in all enclosures,
except for enclosures for
DIN rail mounted devices.
Sealing device is screwed on
enclosure bottom. Drill-out pre-
moulded knockout for sealing
device ( 5 mm) and screw to-
gether cover with door-frame.
Subsequently, screw door-

frame with door and cover on
base of enclosure. Seal the
cover.
Step 9:
Sealing of unused DIN rail
openings in enclosures for
DIN rail equipment with at-
tached blanking strip
Note:
Spare equipment openings in
covers are to be covered with
blanking strips to prevent acci-
dental contact (blanking strips
are attached for 50 % of equip-
ment openings). Circuit breaker
boxes can be tted with any
DIN rail equipment, if per row
(12 modules 12 x 18 mm) the
assigned back-up fuse of 80 A
wont be exceeded.
Locking of the cover in box
for miniature circuit breakers
(MCB).
Installation of PE and N ter-

minals in FIXCONNECT
plug-in technology
Arrow marks in the enclosure
bottoms indicate the xing po-
sition of the terminal support.
261
262
Mi Distribution boards
Mi Power Distribution Boards up to 630 A

- combinable enclosure system
- degree of protection IP 65
- made from polycarbonate
- in accordance with IEC 61 439 Part 2
Assembling
videos
Design fast, simply, more clever

www. .eu
263
Contents
System description 266 - 267

Power distribution boards up to 630 A as power switchgear and
controlgear assembly (PSC) in accordance with IEC 61 439 Part 2 267
System design / System benets / Assembly examples 268 - 271
Product benets: Empty enclosures and Circuit breaker boxes 272
Empty enclosures
with transparent lids 282 - 283
Empty enclosures
with opaque lids 284 - 285

with PE and N terminals, 9 up to 84 modules 277 - 278

with hinged flaps , with PE and N terminals, 12 up to 48 modules 279
with hinged flaps , without PE and N terminals, 12 up to 48 modules 282
for miniature circuit breakers (MCB) 283

with removable DIN rail rack for earth connection (British Standard)
with PE and N terminals, 56 up to 84 modules 278, 281
Meter Boxes 284 - 285
HRC fuse box with fuse elements,

HRC fuse boxes with fuse switch disconnectors on busbar system
HRC fuse elements and busbars 286 - 293
HRC-fuse switch disconnectors and busbars 294 - 301
Busbars 302 - 305
Busbar boxes
prepared for Miniature Circuit-Breakers (MCB) 306 - 307
264
Contents
Mi Isolator Boxes
with built-in switch disconnectors 308 - 312
Accessories 312
Changeover switch boxes(I-0-II) 314
Mi MCCB Circuit-Breaker Boxes

with Circuit-Breaker 315 - 316
Empty enclosures
with transparent hinged lids
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly 317 - 318
Empty enclosures
with opaque hinged lids
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly 319 - 320

Assembly 362 - 366
Additional information e.g. about other electrical functions

in Mi enclosures available at www.hensel-electric.in
265
System Description
C
Ambient temperatures
0 0
for distribution boards in accordance with IEC 61 439:
-5 C up to 35 C, max. + 40 C
Environmental
humidity: 50% at 40 C, 100% at 25 C
conditions
Dependent on the system

for empty enclosures: - 25C up to + 70 C
The rated insulation voltage is possibly reduced by the installed equipment
technology
The enclosures are suitable for the protected outdoor installation -
Application area harsh environment and / or protected outdoor.
However the climatic inuences and effects on the equipment are to be
considered, see Technical Details: Operating and Ambient Conditions
Instulated enclosures
Insulation
(Protection class II)
Degree of protection against mechanical load IK 08 (5 Joule)

Impact strength
Protection against
Dust-proof
froeign solid objects
Degree of protection IP 65
and direct contact
Protected against water

Protection against
ingress of water with
Note: Single enclosures without any anges and components mounted in the lid
harmful effects
have degree of protection IP 66

Electrical Rated insulation voltage: AC 690 V, DC 1000 V*, IEC 60 664
parameters * The rated insulation voltage is possibly reduced by the installed equipment
technology
Material: Polycarbonate
Burning
Glow wire test 960C Dependent on material
in accordance with IEC 60 695-2-1, ame-retardant, self-extinguishing
behaviour
UL Subject 94, V-2
UV resistance according to IEC 61 439-1

UV resistance
The material is examined for UV resistance
Chemical resistance Resistance against acid 10% and lye 10%, petrol and mineral oil
Toxic behaviour Silicone- and halogen-free
266
Mi Distribution Boards
System Description
Mi Power distribution boards up to 630 A

combinable enclosure system
insulation-enclosed, total insulated, degree of protection IP 65,
for the assembly of power switchgear and controlgear assembly (PSC)
up to 630 A in accordance with IEC 61 439 Part 2
Boxes can also be used as a single box

Degree of protection IP 65: dust-proof and jet water-proof
Application area: Mi enclosures are suitable for indoor and outdoor installation -
harsh environment and /or outdoor.
Power distribution boards up to 630 A as
power switchgear and controlgear assembly
(PSC) in accordance with IEC 61 439 Part 2 Material:
Polycarbonate
Burning behaviour: Glow wire test in accordance with IEC 60 695-2-11,

self-extinguishing, ame-retardant
UV-resistance in accordance with IEC 61 439-1, Clause 10.2.4:
The material is examined for UV resistance.
Toxic behaviour: silicone- and halogen-free
Chemical resistance:
resistant against acid, lye, benzene and mineral oil
Enclosure System:
Mi Distribution boards are particulary suitable
Covers made from thermoplastic
for the application in challenging industrial
and demanding ambient conditions and Covers with protected and captive marking labels
difcult environments. Cover plates for mounting electrical equipment
Large wall openings enable the wiring within the distribution boards
Cable entry via metric knockouts in all box walls,
via anges with metric knockouts or elastic membranes
or cable inserts with up to 74 mm cable diameter
Wall xing right away in the boxes, via external brackets or via mounting proles
Facility for lead seal and locking
Hinges for lids and heavy-duty hinge joints for operating installation device within a
large area
Connection Box for the installation of devices that must be operated externally,
such as plugs, pushbuttons and switches
Mi Distribution boards are dust and water- Mi empty boxes and single empty boxes conform to the
resistant and can withstand the highest RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC
loads.
All enclosures with transparent or opaque lids

267
System Design
modular enclosure system
in grid of 150 mm
5 enclosure sizes:
Box
150 x 300 mm, size
300 x 300 mm,
450 x 300 mm,
600 x 300 mm and Box
size
600 x 600 mm
for the assembly of type-
tested Box
size
low-voltage switchgear
assemblies
up to 630 A Box
size
Enclosures can be used as
well as single boxes.
Box
size
Assignment of box walls:

The assignment of box walls is Mi Distribution boards
effected via wall symbols that Box walls with metric cable entries
are assigned to each product. Wall 1
The individual figures 2 give 1 x M 20
an indication, which wall is 1 x M 32/40
concerned. Wall 2
All box walls are listed in the 2 x M 20
10 x M 25
fold-out of the coverpages.
1 x M 32/40
Wall 3
2 4 x M 25
3 x M 40/50
5 Wall 5
3 Wall 4
1 x M 20
4 x M 25
1 x M 32/40
3 x M 40/50
Wall 5
8 x M 32
4 x M 40/50
268
System Benets
Tested and certified Key Benets

by ASTA
Material Thermoplastic material
Corrosion-proof yes
Degree of protection IP 65 (dust proof, water proof)
Protection against mechanical impact no lasting deformations, elastic
Weight light
Subsequent handling (such as openings) easy
Transparent lids standard offer
partial opening range
Operating area
via lids of individual enclosures
Adaptability to location by arrangement of modular enclosures
in all directions by combinable
Combinability / Expandability
enclosures including electrical functions
immediately with standard modules and
Availability in the market
accessories
Suitable also for typical

devices or the installation
of armoured cables with
earth connections
Application:
Motor Control Centre based
on Mi System
This Motor Control Centre
installed in a big paper mill
consists of 33 feeders rang-
ing from 2.2 kW to 50 kW
including complete wiring with
main incomer of 630 A.
Application:
Removable DIN rail rack for in-
tegrated earth bounding in each
Mi Circuit breaker box.
Cable entry for armoured

cables via metal glands for
earth connection according to
British Standards.
Integrated earth bounding in each circuit Cable entry for armoured cables via metal glands
breaker box
269
System Design
Application Examples
Combinable and
extendable in all directions
Application examples
270
System Design
Application Examples
Combinable and
extendable in all directions
Application examples
Application with canopy
271
Empty Boxes
Mi empty boxes conform

to the RoHS Directive
2002/95/EC,
for more information,
refer to technical data.
Equipment can be installed via DIN rails Equipment can be installed via mounting Installation of equipment in cover plates
which are fastened on spacers plates as well
Boxes can be assembled to larger units Blanking strips (attached) for unused Facilities for earth connection according
sections in equipment openings of to British Standard
protection covers
272
Empty Boxes with Transparent Lid
Mi 0100 2
1 Wall 1
150
box size 1
lid fasteners for tool operation
Mi 0200 2
3 Wall 3
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 275 x T 150 mm 2
300
box size 2
Mi 0210 2
3 Wall 3
300
box size 2
Mi 0220 2
3 Wall 3
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 115 mm, 300
239 182
box size 2
300
228

with hinged lid for built-in equipment with protection cover which must
be operated
Mi 0300 2
4 Wall 4
box size 3
450

273
Empty Boxes with Transparent Lid
Mi 0310 2
4 Wall 4
box size 3
450
Mi 0400 2
5 Wall 5
box size 4
600
Mi 0410 2
5 Wall 5
box size 4
600
Mi 0800
Built-in dimensions W 575 x H 575 x D 150 mm
box size 8
600
cable entry only possible via flange

274
Empty Boxes with Opaque Lid
Mi 0101 2
1 Wall 1
150
box size 1
with opaque lid
Mi 0201 2
3 Wall 3
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, with built-in 300 170
DIN rail 135 mm
300
box size 2
with opaque lid
Mi 0211 2
3 Wall 3
300
box size 2
with opaque lid
Mi 0221 2
3 Wall 3
239 182
box size 2
300
228

with hinged lid for built-in equipment with protection cover which must
be operated
with opaque lid
Mi 0301 2
4 Wall 4
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, with built-in 300 170
DIN rail 135 mm
box size 3
450

with opaque lid
275
Empty Boxes with Opaque Lid
Mi 0311 2
4 Wall 4
box size 3
450
with opaque lid
Mi 0401 2
5 Wall 5
box size 4
600
with opaque lid
Mi 0411 2
5 Wall 5
box size 4
600
with opaque lid
Mi 0801
Built-in dimensions W 575 x H 575 x D 150 mm
box size 8
600

with opaque lid
276
Mi 1109 2
1 Wall 1
1-row 300 170

N PE
150
for installation of DIN rail equipment in accordance with DIN 43 880
lid fasteners for hand operation
Mi 1112 2
1 Wall 1
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 2
1-row 300 170

N PE
with screw-type terminals for PE/N, for copper conductors
150
per PE/N 10 x 16 mm, Cu
Mi 1224 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2
2-row 300 170

FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology for PE and N N PE
300
Mi 1220 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2
2-row 300
239 182
with hinged lid
N PE
300
228

Mi 1336 2
4 Wall 4
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 2
3-row 300 170

N
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology for PE and N PE

450

277
Mi 1448 2
5 Wall 5
48 modules: 4 x 12 x 18 mm 3
4-row 300 170

N
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology for PE and N PE

600
Mi 1456 5
2 Wall 3
56 modules: 2 x 28 x 18 mm 5
2-row 600 170

300
DIN rail rack can be earthed
Mi 1884
3-row 600 170

600
DIN rail rack can be earthed
Assembly example:
Removable DIN rail rack for earth connection
278
Mi 1111 2
1 Wall 1
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 2
1-row 300 185

N PE
with 1 hinged flap
150
hinged flap lockable with accessories
with screw-type terminals for PE/N, for copper conductors
per PE/N 10 x 16 mm, Cu
Mi 1222 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2
2-row 300 185

with 2 hinged flaps N PE
300
Mi 1333 2
4 Wall 4
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 2
3-row 300 185

N
with 3 hinged flaps PE
450
Mi 1444 2
5 Wall 5
48 modules: 4 x 12 x 18 mm 3
4-row 300 185

N
with 4 hinged flaps PE

600

279
Mi 1115 2
1 Wall 1
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 2

1-row 300 170
150
Mi 1225 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2

2-row 300 170
300
Mi 1226 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2

with hinged lid
2-row 300
239 182
300
228
Mi 1335 2
4 Wall 4
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 2

3-row 300 170
450

Mi 1440 2
5 Wall 5
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 3

4-row 300 170
600

280
Mi 1455 5
2 Wall 3
56 modules: 2 x 28 x 18 mm 5

2-row 600 170
300
Mi 1885
3-row 600 170
600
Assembly example:
Removable DIN rail rack for earth connection
281
Mi 1117 2
1 Wall 1
12 modules: 1 x 12 x 18 mm 2

1-row 300 185
with 1 hinged flap
150
Mi 1227 2
3 Wall 3
24 modules: 2 x 12 x 18 mm 2

2-row 300 185
with 2 hinged flaps
300
Mi 1337 2
4 Wall 4
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 2

3-row 300 185
with 3 hinged flaps
450
Mi 1443 2
5 Wall 5
36 modules: 3 x 12 x 18 mm 3

4-row 300 185
with 3 hinged flaps
600

Mi 1445 2
5 Wall 5
48 modules: 4 x 12 x 18 mm 3

4-row 300 185
with 4 hinged flaps
600

282
Mi 1281 2
3 Wall 3

1-row 300 170
with 1-pole main branch terminal for copper conductors
300
protection cover can be sealed, with lockable cover strip
PEN 2x 25mm, 2 x 16mm, Cu
Note:
Prepared for the installation of currently commercially available miniature circuit-breakers (MDB)
for example for example for example

ABN Type XHA 3..-4 ABB Type S 701/S 703 ABB Type S 80.-...
Hager Type HTN..E + adapter for DIN rail SHU (voltage dependent)
etc. S 700 BT3
SHA (1 pc. for S 701, 2 pc. for S 703)
(voltage dependent) SHU (voltage dependent)
283
Meter Box
Mi 2200 2
3 Wall 3

use in unmetered area after consultation with local 300 170
power supply companies
300
can be sealed twice
Mi 2300 2
4 Wall 4

450
can be sealed twice
Mi 2310 2
4 Wall 4

450
can be sealed twice
Mi 2400 2
5 Wall 5
with KWH meter support and DIN rail

600
can be sealed twice
Mi 2410 2
5 Wall 5
with KWH meter support and DIN rail

600
can be sealed twice
284
Meter Box
Mi 2413 2
5 Wall 5
with KWH meter support and KWH meter

window flap
without DIN rail 300 228
for maximum KWH meters, time switches etc.
for tool or manual operation
for padlock (clip max. 6 mm)
600
use in unmetered area after consultation with local
can be sealed twice
Mi 2420 2
5 Wall 5
with KWH meter support, hinged flap

(12 modules)
hinged flap with protection cover for 12 modules (1 x 12 x 18 mm) 300 192
and associated DIN rail
600
can be sealed twice
Mi 2800
with 3 KWH meter supports and DIN rail
cable entry only possible via flange 600 170
600

can be sealed twice
Mi 2820
with 3 KWH meter supports, hinged flap
(12 modules)
hinged flap with protection cover for 12 modules (1 x 12 x 18 mm) 600 192
and associated DIN rail
600

can be sealed twice
285
HRC fuse box with fuse elements, 3-pole,
Mi 6212 3
2 Wall 2
1 x HRC 00, 3-pole 3
Busbar rated current: 250 A

busbar 5-pole, dimensions busbars: L1-L3: 12 x 10 mm, 300 170
N
N: 12 x 5 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm,
terminals for incoming terminals 25-70 mm, Cu PE
connection Mi VS 100/160/250/400
with PE and N for copper conductors
1 terminal per PE+N
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors
max. rated current fuse holder: 125 A
with cover
outgoings at the top
centreline spacing of busbars 60 mm

tightening torque for terminal 3.0 Nm terminal connection with
saddle clamping unit
12.0 Nm screw connection M8
Mi 6213 3
2 Wall 2

Busbar 5-pole, 300 170
N
Dimensions busbars:
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
PE
terminals for incoming terminals 25-70 mm, Cu

1 terminal per PE+N
phase conductors
with cover

286
Mi 6214 3
2 Wall 2
Busbar rated current: 630 A}

Busbar 5-pole, Dimensions busbars: L1-L3: 30 x 10 mm, 300 170
N
N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm
300
1 terminal per PE+N
phase conductors
with cover

Mi 6422 5
2 Wall 3

N
N: 12 x 5 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
300
2 terminals per PE+N
phase conductors
with cover

287
Mi 6423 5
2 Wall 3

N
Dimensions busbars:
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, PE

phase conductors
with cover

Mi 6424 5
2 Wall 3

N
N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm
300
phase conductors
with cover

288
Mi 6432 5
2 Wall 3

N
N: 12 x 5 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
300
phase conductors
with cover

Mi 6433 5
2 Wall 3

N
Dimensions busbars:
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm

phase conductors
with cover

289
Mi 6434 5
2 Wall 3

N
N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm
300
connection Mi VS 100/160/250/400 (for terminal technology refer

conductors
with cover

Mi 6461 5
2 Wall 3

only for combination
N
N: 12 x 5 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, Cu
(for terminal technology refer to index technical data) PE
rated connecting capacity without terminals for incoming cables

phase conductors
with cover

290
Mi 6462 5
2 Wall 3

N
Dimensions busbars:
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, Cu (for terminal techno- PE
logy refer to index technical data)

conductors
with cover

Mi 6463 5
2 Wall 3

N
N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm 300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, Cu

phase conductors
with cover

291
Mi 6474 2
5 Wall 5
1 x HRC 1, 3pole 3

N
Dimensions busbars:
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
rated connecting capacity connection M 10
600
PE
with PE and N terminals
1 terminal per PE+N
phase conductors
maximum rated current use of fuses: 250 A
can be combined with Mi-Busbar boxes 250 A or 400 A

Mi 6475 2
5 Wall 5
1 x HRC 1, 3pole 3

N
N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm
600
PE
1 terminal per PE+N
phase conductors
can be combined with Mi-Busbar boxes 630 A

Mi 6476 2
5 Wall 5
1 x HRC 2, 3pole 3

N
Dimensions busbars:
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
600
PE
1 terminal per PE+N
phase conductors

292
Mi 6477 2
5 Wall 5
1 x HRC 2, 3pole 3

N
N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm
rated connecting capacity connection M 10 (for terminal
technology refer to index technical data)
600
PE
1 terminal per PE+N
phase conductors

293
HRC fuse boxes with fuse switch disconnectors
with fuse switch disconnectors in accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Mi 6226 3
2 Wall 2

N
N: 12 x 5 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
300
1 terminal per PE+N
phase conductors
outgoing cables can be changed to top or bottom
with cover

tightening torque for terminal terminal 6.0 Nm
Mi 6227 3
2 Wall 2

N
Dimensions busbars:
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
PE

1 terminal per PE+N
phase conductors
with cover

294
Mi 6228 3
2 Wall 2

N
N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, terminals for incoming
terminals 25-70 mm, Cu PE
1 terminal per PE+N
phase conductors
with cover

Mi 6265 3
2 Wall 2

N: 12 x 5 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
300
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, Cu without supply cable
phase conductors
with cover

295
Mi 6266 3
2 Wall 2

Dimensions busbars:
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
phase conductors
with cover

Mi 6267 3
2 Wall 2

N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm
300
phase conductors
with cover

296
Mi 6426 5
2 Wall 3

N
N: 12 x 5 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
300
phase conductors
with cover

Mi 6427 5
2 Wall 3

N
Dimensions busbars:
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, terminals for incoming PE
terminals 25-70 mm, Cu

connection Mi VS 100/160/250/400 (for terminal technology refer
conductors
with cover

297
Mi 6428 5
2 Wall 3

N
N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm
300
phase conductors
with cover

Mi 6436 5
2 Wall 3

N
N: 12 x 5 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
300
phase conductors
with cover

298
Mi 6437 5
2 Wall 3

N
Dimensions busbars:
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm

phase conductors
with cover

Mi 6438 5
2 Wall 3

N
N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm
300
phase conductors
with cover

299
Mi 6465 5
2 Wall 3

N
N: 12 x 5 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
300

phase conductors
with cover

Mi 6466 5
2 Wall 3

N
Dimensions busbars:
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
terminals for outgoing cables 4-35 mm, Cu without supply cable PE

phase conductors
with cover

300
Mi 6467 5
2 Wall 3

N
N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm
300

phase conductors
with cover

Mi 6478 2
5 Wall 5
1 x HRC 1, 3pole 3

N
Dimensions busbars:
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
connection: M 10
600
PE

1 terminal per PE+N
phase conductors
outgoing cable changeable above or below

Mi 6479 2
5 Wall 5
1 x HRC 1, 3pole 3

N
N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm
connection: M 10
600
with PE and N terminals PE
1 terminal per PE+N

phase conductors

301
Busbar Box
for combination with fuse Boxes
Mi 6252 3
2 Wall 2

N
N: 12 x 5 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
300
phase conductors PE
distance between busbar supports to be equipped: 225 mm

without supply cable
rated peak withstand current 30 kA

resistance (lpk)
Mi 6255 3
2 Wall 2

N
Dimensions busbars:
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
distance between busbar supports to be equipped: 225 mm PE

phase conductors

resistance (lpk)
Mi 6256 3
2 Wall 2
Busbar rated current: 630 A} 3

N
N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm 300
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the phase PE
conductors

resistance (lpk)
Mi 6352 2
4 Wall 4

N
N: 12 x 5 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
450
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the phase PE
conductors

resistance (lpk)
302
Busbar Box
Mi 6355 2
4 Wall 4

N
Dimensions busbars:
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
450

phase conductors

resistance (lpk)
Mi 6356 2
4 Wall 4

N
N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm
450
N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the PE
phase conductors

resistance (lpk)
Mi 6457 2
5 Wall 5

N
N: 12 x 5 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
600
PE
phase conductors

resistance (lpk)
Mi 6458 2
5 Wall 5

N
Dimensions busbars:
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
600
PE

phase conductors

resistance (lpk)
303
Busbar Box
Mi 6459 2
5 Wall 5

N
N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm
600
PE
phase conductors

resistance (lpk)
Mi 6452 5
2 Wall 3

N
N: 12 x 5 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
300
phase conductors

resistance (lpk)
Mi 6455 5
2 Wall 3

N
Dimensions busbars:
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm


phase conductors

resistance (lpk)
Mi 6456 5
2 Wall 3
Busbar rated current: 630 A} 5

N
N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm
300

phase conductors

resistance (lpk)
304
Busbar Box
Mi 6852
N
N: 12 x 5 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
600
PE
phase conductors

resistance (lpk)
Mi 6855
N
Dimensions busbars:
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
600
PE

phase conductors

resistance (lpk)
Mi 6856
N
N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm
600
PE
phase conductors

resistance (lpk)
305
Busbar Boxes
prepared for Miniature Circuit-Breakers (MCB)
Mi 6202 3
2 Wall 2

N
N: 12 x 5 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
300
with busbar adapter for miniature circuit-breakers (MCB) up to 63 A
rated current PE
for mounting on DIN rail

with 1 x PE terminal and 3 x N terminals 1.5 - 16 mm
phase conductors
cut-out of 6 modules
protection cover can be sealed
Mi 6204 3
2 Wall 2

N
Dimensions busbars:
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
with busbar adapter for miniature circuit-breakers (MCB) up to PE
63 A rated current
phase conductors
Mi 6206 3
2 Wall 2

N
N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm
300
with busbar adapter for miniature circuit-breakers (MCB) up to

63 A rated current PE

phase conductors
306
Busbar Boxes
prepared for Miniature Circuit-Breakers (MCB)
Mi 6203 3
2 Wall 2

N
N: 12 x 5 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
300
with 2 adapters for miniature circuit breakers (MCB) up to 63 A
rated current PE

with 2 x PE terminals and 6 x N terminals 1.5 -16 mm
phase conductors
cut-out 2 x 6 modules
Mi 6205 3
2 Wall 2

N
Dimensions busbars:
300
L1-L3: 20 x 10 mm, N: 12 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 5 mm
with 2 adapters for miniature circuit breakers (MCB) up to 63 A PE
rated current
phase conductors
Mi 6207 3
2 Wall 2

N
N: 25 x 10 mm, PE: 12 x 10 mm
300
with 2 adapters for miniature circuit breakers (MCB) up to 63 A

rated current PE

phase conductors
307
Mi Isolator Boxes
with built-in Switch Disconnectors in accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Mi 7103 1
2 Wall 2
63 A 1
3-pole PE + N
connection: 2,5-35 mm, Cu or Mi VS 100 216
150 170
300
lockable handle N PE
AC-23A/B 400 V
Mi 7104 1
2 Wall 2
63 A 1
4-polig PE
connection: 2,5-35 mm, Cu or Mi VS 100 216
150 170
with PE terminals for copper conductors
300
lockable handle PE
AC-23A/B 400 V
Mi 7213 3
2 Wall 2
100 A 3
3-pole PE + N
connection: 10-35 mm, Cu or Mi VS 100 216
300 170
lockable handle 300
N PE
AC-23A/B 400 V
Mi 7214 3
2 Wall 2
100 A 3
4-polig PE
300 170
300
lockable handle
PE
AC-23A/B 400 V
308
Mi Isolator Boxes
Mi 7256 3
2 Wall 2
160 A 3
3-pole PE + N
300 170
300
N PE
lockable handle
AC-23A/B 400 V
Mi 7257 3
2 Wall 2
160 A 3
4-polig PE
300 170
300
PE
lockable handle
AC-23A/B 400 V
Mi 7456 2
5 Wall 5
160 A 3
3-pole PE + N
300 170
600
lockable handle
N PE
AC-23A/B 400 V
309
Mi Isolator Boxes
Mi 7457 2
5 Wall 5
160 A 3
4-polig PE
300 170
600
lockable handle
PE
AC-23A/B 400 V
Mi 7455 2
5 Wall 5
250 A 3
3-pole PE + N
connection: M 10 (max. 1 x 150 mm per phase) 239
300 170
or VA 400 + Mi VS 250
600

AC-23A/B 400 V
Mi 7454 2
5 Wall 5
250 A 3
4-polig PE
300 170
or VA 400 + Mi VS 250
600

lockable handle PE

AC-23A/B 400 V
310
Mi Isolator Boxes
Mi 7445 2
5 Wall 5
400 A 3
3-pole PE + N
connection: M 10 (max. 1 x 240 mm per phase) or VA 400 + 239
300 170
Mi VS 400 (for terminal technology refer to index technical data)
600
lockable handle PE
N
AC-23A/B 400 V
Mi 7846
400 A
4-polig PE
connection: M 10 (max. 1 x 240 mm je Phase) or VA 400 + 239
600 170
Mi VS 400}
600
lockable handle PE

AC-23A/B 400 V
Mi 7865
630 A
3-pole PE + N
connection L1 - L3: M 12 / VA 630 + Mi VS 630 239
600 170
connection PE + N: 1 x 120-300 / 2 x 95-185, Cu / Mi VS 630
with removable jumper between PE and N N PE
600

lockable handle

AC-23A/B 400 V
rated current 480 A with incoming cable from
the top
580 A with incoming cable from
the bottom
311
Mi Isolator Boxes
Mi 7866
630 A
4-polig PE
connection L1 - L3, N: M 12 / VA 630 + Mi VS 630, 239
600 170
connection PE: M 10 / VA 400 + Mi Mi VS 400
600
lid fasteners for tool operation PE
lockable handle

AC-23A/B 400 V
the top
the bottom
Mi DA 72
Terminal Set for direct Connection to Equipment
max. 1 x 300 mm, Cu/Alu, 3-pole
terminal for copper and aluminium conductors
set with 3 pieces
rated connecting capacity:
1 x 120-300 mm s / f (round)
1 x 120-300 mm s (sector)
1 x 120-185 mm sol (sector)
2 x 70-150 mm s / f (round)
2 x 95-150 mm s (sektor)
2 x 70 mm sol (round)
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the oxide film, for example with a knife,
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end is to rub in with acid and alkali free
fat for example vaseline, and immediately to be connected in the terminal.
connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are to be re-tightened before start-
up and after the first 200 operation hours.
for the connection of switch disconnector 630 A (Mi 7865)
width: 61 mm
312
Changeover switch boxes(I-0-II)
with built-in changeover switches in accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Network changeover switches (I-0-II) from Hensel Functional circuit diagram for a stand-by power supply in the TN system
reliably switch over to a stand-by power source Component nicht
non-eligible for
notstromberechtigter notstromberechtigter
Component eligible for
emergency power supply
Anlagenteil Anlagenteil
Network changeover switches are required as emergency power supply
per the VDE regulations and the Association of

Network Operators (VDN). They help in switching
PE
and isolating electrical load circuits and are used PE Fehlerstrom-
Residual current operated
Schutzeinrichtung
protective device (RCD)
for changing over to the stand-by power source (RCD)
manually in case of a power failure.

4
4Umschalter
pole changeover
The parallel operation of networks is reliably prevented 4-polig:L1,
switch: L1,L2,
L2,L3,
L3,NN
due to the 0 setting. I 0 II
Netz
I network
4 4 0 Aus
0 off
A short term parallel operation is impossible, therefore IIII generator
Generator
no synchronisation is required.
Generator
Generator-protective
Schutzschalter
switch
kWh
Generatorsternpunkt
Connect the genera-
undneutral
tor Gehuseerdung
point and
mit der Haupterdungs-
G housing earthing
schiene verbinden
to
the main earthing rail
Haupterdungsschiene
Main earthing rail
VNB
If a stand-by power source, such as, e.g., a generator is used as

switchable power supply alternative to the public network, then it
must have a network changeover switch according to the standard!
313
Changeover switch boxes(I-0-II)
with built-in changeover switches in accordance with IEC 60 947-3
Mi 7481 2
5 Wall 5
160 A 3
4-polig PE
300 255
Connection public power grid and substitute power supply from
600
below, above consumer system, changeable
I
II
kind of switch: I - 0 - II PE

lockable handle
Mi 7882
250 A
4-polig PE
600 255
or VA 400 + Mi VS 250
600
Connection public power grid and substitute power supply from
below, above consumer system, changeable PE
kind of switch: I - 0 - II
lockable handle

314
with Circuit-Breaker in accordance with EN 60 947-2
Mi 7431 2
5 Wall 5
160 A 3
3-pole PE + N
connection: 70 mm, Cu or Mi VS 160 262
300 214
600
lockable handle
N PE

Mi 7432 2
5 Wall 5
250 A 3
3-pole PE + N
connection: 150 mm, Cu or Mi VS 250 262
300 214
600
lockable handle
N PE

Mi 7434 2
5 Wall 5
400 A 3
3-pole PE + N
connection: M 10 / VA 400 + Mi VS 400 (for terminal technology 262
300 214
refer to index technical data)
600


315
with Circuit-Breaker in accordance with EN 60 947-2
Mi 7836
630 A
3-pole PE + N
connection L1 - L3: M 10 / VA 630 + Mi VS 630 347
600 255
connection PE + N: 1 x 120-300 / 2 x 95-185, Cu / Mi VS 630
N PE
with removable jumper between PE and N
600
lockable handle

the top
the bottom
316
Empty Boxes
with hinged, transparent Lid
Mi 9100 1
2 Wall
150 170
box size 1
300
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly
trilaterally combinable
lid hinges attached
with transparent, hinged lid
Mi 9200 3
2 Wall
max. installation depth with built-in mounting plate 146 mm, with built-in 315
300 170
DIN rail 135 mm
box size 2
300
lid hinges attached
Mi 9210 3
2 Wall
300 214
box size 2
300
lid hinges attached
Mi 9300 2
4 Wall
Built-in dimensions W 275 x H 425 x D 150 2
mm
300 170
box size 3
450
lid hinges attached
317
Empty Boxes
with hinged, transparent Lid
Mi 9310 2
4 Wall
300 214
box size 3
450
lid hinges attached
Mi 9400 2
5 Wall
300 170
box size 4
600
lid hinges attached
Mi 9410 2
5 Wall
300 214
box size 4
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly 600
lid hinges attached
318
Empty Boxes with hinged, opaque Lid
Mi 9101 1
2 Wall
150 170
box size 1
300
lid hinges attached
with opaque, hinged lid
Mi 9201 3
2 Wall
300 170
box size 2
300
lid hinges attached
Mi 9211 3
2 Wall
300 214
box size 2
300
lid hinges attached
Mi 9301 2
4 Wall
300 170
box size 3
450
lid hinges attached
319
Empty Boxes with hinged, opaque Lid
Mi 9311 2
4 Wall
300 214
box size 3
450
lid hinges attached
Mi 9401 2
5 Wall
300 170
box size 4
600
lid hinges attached
Mi 9411 2
5 Wall
300 214
box size 4
3 walls with metric knockouts for cable entry and assembly 600
lid hinges attached
320
Accessories
Connection Box 322

Extension frames, DIN rails, Spacers 323 - 324
Mounting plates, Fixing screws 325
Covers, Busbars, Busbar supports 326 - 327
Terminals for direct connection on busbars 328- 329
Wiring strips 330
Wiring terminals, Terminals for direct connection 331
Auxiliary contact, Open-circuit shunt release,
Undervoltage release 332
Circuit-breaker terminal for direct connection 333
Terminals 334 - 339
HRC fuse switch disconnector,
Wall gasket, Wall separator, Fixing spares 340 - 341
Flanges, Ventilation anges 342 - 345
Canopy 345
Conversion kits for lid fasteners 346
Hinges for lids 347
Hinged ap, protection covers for hinged aps 348
Components for wall mounting 349 - 350
321
Accessories
Mi CB 10
Connection Box
for the installation of devices that must be operated externally, 300 170
240 135
such as plug devices, push buttons and switches
150
for mounting to box walls 300 mm 125
hinged mounting area 45
with wall gasket
Example:
The Connection Box allows a simple and fast installation of devices that must be operated
externally.
322
Accessories
Mi ZR 4
Extension frame
degree of protection IP 65 is maintained with use of up to two
extension frames
600
Mi ZR 8
Extension frame
degree of protection IP 65 is maintained with use of up to two
extension frames
600
Mi TS 15
DIN rail
length 134 mm
134
35
with fixing screws
Mi TS 30
DIN rail
length 284 mm
284
for Mi empty box sizes 1 to 8
35

with fixing screws
Mi TS 45
DIN rail
length 434 mm
434
for Mi empty box size 3
35

with fixing screws
Mi TS 60
DIN rail
length 584 mm
584
for Mi empty box sizes 4 and 8
35

with fixing screws
323
Accessories
Mi DS 25
Spacer
height: 25 mm
forspacing DIN-rails Mi TS ..
2 pieces
with fixing screws for base of box and DIN rail
Mi DS 50
Spacer
height: 50 mm
forspacing DIN-rails Mi TS ..
2 pieces
with fixing screws for base of box and DIN rail
324
Accessories
Mi MP 1
Mounting plate
W 259 x H 115 mm
forMi-Empty boxes sizes 1, 2, 3, 4
115
with fixing screws
Mi MP 2
Mounting plate
W 265 x H 265 mm
forMi-Empty boxes sizes 2 to 8
265
with fixing screws
Mi MP 3
Mounting plate
W 265 x H 415 mm

with fixing screws
415
Mi MP 4
Mounting plate
W 265 x H 565 mm

with fixing screws
565
Mi MP 8
Mounting plate
W 565 x H 565 mm
forMi Empty box size 8

with fixing screws
565
Mi BZ 11
Fixing screw
length 11 mm
for material thicknesses of 1 to 2.5 mm
self-tapping
galvanised
Mi BZ 13
Fixing screw
length 13 mm
for material thicknesses of 2.5 to 4 mm
self-tapping
galvanised
325
Accessories
Mi EP 01
Cover
for retrofitting 136
cover without cut-outs made of plastics, as protection cover or
39
286
for the installation of devices
109
with fastening material
Mi EP 02
Cover
39
286
109
Mi EP 04
Cover
586
39
109
Mi SS 22
Busbar 12 x 5 mm
length2400 mm
busbar rated current 250 A as N/PE, 400 A as PE, with ENYSTAR as L1, L2, L3, N and PE 250 A
Mi SS 25
Busbar 12 x 10 mm
length2400 mm
busbar rated current 250 A as L1-L3, 400 A as N, 630 A as PE
Mi SS 40
Busbar 20 x 10 mm
length2400 mm
busbar rated current 400 A as L1-L3
326
Accessories
Mi SS 45
Busbar 25 x 10 mm
length2400 mm
busbar rated current 630 A as N
Mi SS 63
Busbar 30 x 10 mm
length2400 mm
busbar rated current 630 A as L1-L3
Mi ST 25
Busbar support
for Installation in Mi empty boxes
for busbars 12 x 10 mm (L1 - L3)
for busbars 12 x 5 mm, 250 A (N+PE)
with fixing screws
Mi ST 41
Busbar support
for busbars 12 x 10 mm (N)
for busbars 12 x 5 mm (PE)
with fixing screws
Mi ST 63
Busbar support
for busbars 25 x 10 mm (N)
for busbars 12 x 10 mm (PE)
with fixing screws
327
Accessories
Terminals for direct Connection on Busbar

for solid (sol), stranded (s), flexible (f) copper conductors, with gas-tight crimped end sleeve and for laminated wiring strip
Note: To comply the insulation resistance there must be an air gab of 10 mm between different potentials and to inactive, conductive metal
parts 15 mm.
Type for Busbars Width Leiterquerschnitt Wiring strip Tightening

torque
KS 16 F ... x 5 mm 11 mm 1,5-16 mm2 Cu 4 Nm
KS 16 Z ... x 10 mm 11 mm 1,5-16 mm2 Cu 4 Nm
KS 35 F ... x 5 mm 16 mm 4-35 mm2 Cu 100 A: Mi VS 100 6 Nm

160 A: Mi VS 160
KS 35 Z ... x 10 mm 16 mm 4-35 mm2 Cu 100 A: Mi VS 100 6 Nm

160 A: Mi VS 160

160 A: Mi VS 160

160 A: Mi VS 160

400 A: Mi VS 400

400 A: Mi VS 400
KS 240/12 12 x 5 mm / 34 mm 35-240 mm2 Cu/Alu 40 Nm

12 x 10 mm Prior to connection, aluminium conductors
must be prepared according to the relevant
technical recommendations.
KS 150 12 x 5 mm / 34 mm 35-150 mm2 Cu 630 A: Mi VS 630 20 Nm
12 x 10 mm
KS 185 20 x 10 mm / 38 mm 95-185 mm2 Cu/Alu 30 Nm

25 x 10 mm / Prior to connection, aluminium conductors
30 x 10 mm must be prepared according to the relevant
KS 240 V 20 x 10 mm / 38 mm 630 A: Mi VS 630 30 Nm
25 x 10 mm /
30 x 10 mm
KS 300 20 x 10 mm / 38 mm 120-300 mm2 Cu/Alu

25 x 10 mm / Prior to connection, aluminium conductors
30 x 10 mm must be prepared according to the relevant
328
Mi fuse boxes Mi HRC fuse boxes, Fuse bases and Mi Busbar boxes
Diazed/Neozed Fuse switch disconnectors
NH00 NH00 NH00
NH00
250 A 400 A 630 A 250 A 400 A 630 A 250 A 400 A 630 A

N: 12x5 N: 12x10 N: 25x10 N: 12x5 N: 12x10 N: 25x10 N: 12x5 N: 12x10 N: 25x10
L1-L3: 12x10 L1-L3: 20x10 L1-L3: 30x10 L1-L3: 12x10 L1-L3: 20x10 L1-L3: 30x10 L1-L3: 12x10 L1-L3: 20x10 L1-L3: 30x10
PE: 12x5 PE: 12x5 PE: 12x10 PE: 12x5 PE: 12x5 PE: 12x10 PE: 12x5 PE: 12x5 PE: 12x10
1) N 1) N N
NH00 NH00
PE PE PE PE PE PE
N N N N N N
L1 L1 L1 NH00 L1 NH00 L1 NH00 L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2
L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3
PE PE PE
1) N 1) 1) N 1) N
NH00 NH00
PE PE PE PE PE PE
1) 1) N 1) N N N N N
L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2
L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3
PE PE PE
1) N 1) N N
NH00 NH00
PE PE PE PE PE PE
1) 1) N 1) N N N N N
L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2
L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3
PE PE PE
1) N 1) N
NH00 NH00
PE PE PE PE
1) 1) N 1) N N N
NH00 L1 NH00 L1 NH00 L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2
L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3
PE PE
N N
L1
L2
L3
PE PE PE
N N
L1
L2
L3
PE PE PE
N
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
N
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
N
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
1) Terminals included with supply of the boxes with electrical function, see description of the boxes.
329
Accessories
Mi VS 100
Wiring strip
wiring instructions for equipment (e.g. wire range ...mm) must be observed
length 2000 mm
width: 9 mm
Mi VS 160
Wiring strip
length 2000 mm
sheets: 6 pieces
width: 9 mm
Mi VS 250
Wiring strip
length 2000 mm
sheets: 6 pieces
width: 15.5 mm
Mi VS 400
Wiring strip
length 2000 mm
sheets: 10 pieces
width: 15.5 mm
Mi VS 630
Wiring strip
length 2000 mm
width: 20 mm
material thickness per sheet 1 mm
330
Accessories
VA 400
terminalfor direct connection of laminated copper wiring strip (Mi VS 250 and Mi VS 400)
up to 400 A
onto switchgear with flat contact M10
VA 630
terminalfor direct connection of laminated copper wiring strip
(Mi VS 630) up to 630 A
onto 630 A switchgears with M10 / M12
DA 240
Terminal for direct connection up to 400 A
max. 240 mm
for mounting onto switchgear with flat contact M10
with insulating cover
rated connecting capacity: 35-70 mm s (round),Cu/Alu 50-185 mm s (sector),
Cu/Alu 35-50 mm sol, Cu/Alu 70-240 mm sol (sector) Cu/Alu
connected again.
4. The terminal is maintenance-free, that means a re-check of the torque is not required.
Mi DA 72
Terminal set for direct connection to equipment
max. 1 x 300 mm, Cu/Alu, 3-pole
terminal for copper and aluminium conductors
set with 3 pieces
rated connecting capacity:
1 x 120-300 mm s / f (round)
1 x 120-300 mm s (sector)
2 x 70-150 mm s / f (round)
2 x 95-150 mm s (sektor)
2 x 70 mm sol (round)
connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are to be re-tightened before
start-up and after the first 200 operation hours.
for the connection of switch disconnector 630 A (Mi 7865)
width: 61 mm
331
Accessories
Mi HS 20
Auxiliary contact
2 changeover contacts for retrofitting on
switch disconnectors 160-630 A
rated current: 6 A
2-pole
connection with flat connector 6.3 mm
MK 0107
Auxiliary changeover contact
rated current: 6 A
1-pole
The auxiliary switches can report different functions depending on their mounting location in the
circuit-breaker.
circuit breaker 160/250 A = 2x ON/OFF signal + 1x tripping signal
circuit-breaker 400/630 A = 3x ON/OFF signal + 1x tripping signal + 1x electric error signal
MK 0106
Open-circuit shunt release
AC 50/60 Hz, 200 to 240 V
the main contacts of the circuit-breaker are opened when voltage of more than 0.7 x Un is applied
MK 0105
Undervoltage release
AC 50/60 Hz, 200 to 240 V
when the control voltage drops below 0.35 - 0.7 x Un, the main contacts of the circuit-breaker are
opened
the closing of the contacts can only take place with voltages above 0.85 x Un
332
Accessories
MK 0108
Circuit-breaker terminal for direct connection
1 x 35-300 mm, Cu/Alu, 3polig
for circuit-breakers 400 A and 630 A
set with 3 pieces
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the oxide
film, for example with a knife, (Please do not use rasps, emery paper or
brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end is to rub
in with acid and alkali free fat for example vaseline, and immediately to
be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the conductor
was disconnected and connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are to be
retightened before start-up and after the first 200 operation hours.
MK 0109
Circuit-breaker terminal for direct connection
2 x 70-240mm, Cu/Alu, 3-pole
for circuit-breakers 400 A and 630 A
set with 3 pieces
1. Clean the bared conductor end carefully by scraping off the oxide
film, for example with a knife, (Please do not use rasps, emery paper or
brushes!).
2. Immediately after removing the oxide film the conductor end is to rub
in with acid and alkali free fat for example vaseline, and immediately to
be connected in the terminal.
3. The prementioned processing steps are to be repeated, if the conductor
was disconnected and connected again.
4. Due to the disposition to flowing of aluminum the terminals are to be
retightened before start-up and after the first 200 operation hours.
333
Accessories
Mi VE 120
Terminal for incoming/outgoing cables
max. 16-150 mm, Cu/Alu
4-pole
clamping units per pole: 2 x 16-150 mm, 4 x 16-70 mm
for terminal technology refer to index technical data
outgoing wiring strip Mi VS ..
connected again.
tightening torque for terminal: 20.0 Nm
for the installation in Mi empty boxes sizes 2 to 8
pre-mounted on mounting plate 300 x 300 mm
with fixing screws
Mi VE 125
5-pole
clamping units per pole: 2 x 16-150 mm, 4 x 16-70 mm
connected again.
with fixing screws
Mi VE 240
4-pole
incoming or outgoing cables per pole: 2 x 50-240 mm, 4 x 25-120 mm
connected again.
with fixing screws
334
Accessories
Mi VE 245
5-pole
connected again.
with fixing screws
Mi VE 302
2-pole
outgoing wiring strip Mi VS 630
connected again.
with fixing screws
Mi VE 303
3-polig
connected again.
with fixing screws
335
Accessories
Mi VE 304
4-pole
conductor material:Cu/Alu
connected again.
with fixing screws
Mi NK 1
Connecting terminal
current carrying capacity: 150 A 60 25
1-pole per 6 x 16 mm s, 4 x 25 mm s, 4 x 35 mm s,
4 x 50 mm s, 2 x 70 mm s each
57
88
97 5,5
Mi NK 2
Connecting terminal
1 x 70 mm, 2 x 35 mm, Cu
Mi NK 3
Connecting terminal
4 x 35 mm, Cu
Mi NK 4
Connecting terminal
2 x M 10
336
Accessories
KKL 25
Connecting terminal
as a connecting terminal
forinstallation on DIN rails in accordance with IEC 60 715, top hat
55,5
60,3
profile 35 mm
51,5
1-pole 6 x 6 mm sol, 6 x 10 mm sol/ f*, 4 x 16 mm s/ f*, 4 x 25
mm s/ f*, 2 x 35 mm s/ f* each f* = with gas-tight end ferrule
with two connected clamping units

FC L 10
Terminal
2 x 25 mm, 8 x 4 mm, Cu
for installation on DIN rails in accordance with IEC 60 715,
top hat profile 35 mm
FIXCONNECT plug-in technology,
FC N 10
N terminal
2 x 25 mm, 8 x 4 mm, Cu
FC PE 10
PE terminal
2 x 25 mm, 8 x 4 mm, Cu
for boxes with 1 x 12 modules (through terminal reduction
to 9 modules)
FC PN 10
PE and N terminal
per PE/N 1 x 25 mm, 4 x 4 mm Cu
FIXCONNECT plug-in terminal technology,
FC BS 5
set with 5 pieces
337
Accessories
FC PN 30
PE and N terminal
1-row
FIXCONNECT plug-in technology, for terminal technology refer to index technical data
PE+N x cross section 3 x 25 mm

12 x 4 mm
1-row
conductor material Cu
FC PN 60
PE and N terminal
2-row
currentcarrying capacity: 80 A
Not applicable in boxes Mi 1456, Mi 1455, Mi 1884 and Mi 1885
PE+N x cross section 6 x 25 mm

24 x 4 mm
2-row
FC N 30
N terminal
per N 6 x 25 mm, 24 x 4 mm, Cu
1-row
number x cross-section per N 6 x 25 mm

24 x 4 mm
1-row
FC PE 30
PE terminal
per PE 6 x 25 mm, 24 x 4 mm, Cu
1-row
number x cross-section per PE 6 x 25 mm

24 x 4 mm
1-row
Mi NK 14
Connecting terminal
per conductor 1 x 25 mm, 12 x 16 mm, Cu
fixing on DIN rail
for retrofitting in kits for DIN rail equipment
for retrofitting in Mi Empty box
338
Accessories
KKL 34
per pole 4 x 1.5-25 mm as L1-L3, Cu
forinstallation on DIN rails in accordance with IEC 60 715,
39
35,4
width: 61 mm
KKL 48
per pole 4 x 1.5-25 mm, as L1-L3; 8 x 1.5-25 mm, as N, Cu
39
35,4
width: 100 mm
KKL 54
per pole 4 x 1.5-25 mm as L1-L3; 4 x 1.5-25mm as N;
4 x 1.5-25 mm as PE, Cu
39
35,4
width: 100 mm
339
Accessories
MN ST 00
HRC fuse switch disconnector
125 A
3-polig
for mounting on mounting plate
terminal connection 5-70 mm Cu

Weight 0,72 kg
MS NH 00
HRC bus-mounted fuse switch disconnector
125 A
3-polig
height: 216 mm x width: 105 mm
forretrofitting on busbars
busbar thickness 10 mm and centreline spacing of busbars 60 mm

Weight 1,197 kg
NH SU 00
HRC 00 bus-mounted fuse base
125 A
3-polig
height: 216 mm x width: 105 mm
for busbar thickness of 10 mm and centreline spacing of 60 mm
Mi WD 2
Wall gasket
for box walls 150/300 mm
for the assembly of Mi boxes
consisting of 1 seal, 4 wedge links, 1 bracket
340
Accessories
Mi SV 25
Busbar connector
with wall gasket
for the assembly of Mi boxes containing busbars
Busbars 250 A and 400 A can only be connected with busbar connector Mi SV 25.
Connecting of busbars with different rated current only under care and attention of the
corresponding short circuit and overload standards.
Mi SV 45
Busbar connector
for busbars 400/630 A, 5-pole
with wall gasket
for the assembly of Mi boxes containing busbars
Mi WT 1
Wall separator
for subdivision of 300 mm box walls into 2 x 150 mm in case of
flange or box assembly
Mi BE
Fixing spares
4 connectors
for the assembly of Mi boxes
when converting existing installations
341
Accessories
Mi FP 15
Flange
without knockouts
box wall 150 mm 150
25
Mi FM 15
Flange
knockouts 3 x M 20, 1 x M 32/40/50
box wall 150 mm 150
25
Mi FP 20
Flange
without knockouts
box wall 300 mm 300
25

Mi FM 20
Flange
knockouts 15 x M 16, 15 x M 20
box wall 300 mm 300
25
Mi FM 25
Flange
knockouts: 19 x M 16/25
box wall 300 mm 300
25
Mi FM 32
Flange
knockouts: 8 x M 25/32, 1 x M 25/32/40
box wall 300 mm 300
25
Mi FM 40
Flange
knockouts: 2 x M 25/32, 5 x M 32/40
box wall 300 mm 300
25
342
Accessories
Mi FM 50
Flange
knockouts: 2 x M 20, 4 x M 32/40/50
box wall 300 mm 300
25
Mi FM 60
Flange
box wall 300 mm 300
25
Mi FP 38
Flange
cable entry via integrated elastic membranes 300
30
sealing range: 29 x 7-12 mm, 4 x 7-14 mm,
4 x 11-20 mm, 1 x 16-29 mm
box wall 300 mm
Mi FP 70
Flange
box wall 300 mm 300
100
25
Mi FP 72
Flange
box wall 300 mm 300
116
100
25
Mi FM 63
Flange with cable arrangement space
box wall 300 mm 300
with 80
fixing wedges and seal
343
Accessories
Mi FP 82
Cable insert
box wall 300 mm 300
100
135
degree of protection IP 54 only with additional strain and pressure 45
relief (e.g. Mi ZE 62)
KST 82
Stepped grommet
for
retrofitting of cable insertion Mi FP 82 300
100
for
indoor - normal environment and (or) protected outdoor installation
135
ambient temperature - 25 to + 35 C 45
Material thermoplastic
colour RAL 7035
Mi ZE 62
Cable strain relief
for 2 cables with max. 60 mm external
diameter
with fixing rail 284 mm long
to be used only in connection with cable insertion Mi FP 82
Mi GS 30
Box fin
for inserting cables across 2 boxes
for box walls 300 mm
removable
can be retrofitted
Mi BF 44
Ventilation flange
box wall 300 mm
for ventilation of Mi-Distribution boards in the event of extremely
high internal temperatures or a risk of water condensation
BE 44
Ventilation insert
344
Accessories
BM 32
for M 32 knockouts
for the reduction of condensation by pressure compensation in 66
15,7
power distribution systems
30,7
bore-hole: 32.3 mm
with counter nut
compensation, one pressure compensation element BM 32 must
be used per 42 litres (42000 cm) of enclosure volume.
Example: enclosure size 30 cm x 60 cm x 17 cm = 30600 cm =
30,6 litres. Number of necessary BM 32 (M32) = 1 piece.
Mi DB 15
Canopy
for box wall 150 mm
Mi DB 30
Canopy
for 300 mm box walls
Mi DB 01
Canopy end plate
for canopies FP DB xx and Mi DB xx
Example: Mi distributor protected by canopy
345
Accessories
Mi PL 2
Sealing cap
2 sealing caps for converting the lid fasteners
Mi SR 4
Conversion set
for manual operation on tool operation
4 fastening covers
Mi SN 4
Conversion set
for converting lid fasteners from tool to manual operation
4 manual actuators
Mi DV 01
Locking device insertion
only in connection with Mi PL 2, Mi SR 4 or Mi SN 4
Mi ZS 11
Lid lock
with locking device I
Isbeing used instead of fasteners for hand or tool operation in order to prevent unauthorised
opening of the lids
consisting of: cylinder lock, keys, locking device insertion, dust cover
Mi ZS 12
Lid lock
with locking device II
Isbeing used instead of fasteners for hand or tool operation in order to prevent unauthorised
opening of the lids
consisting of: cylinder lock, keys, locking device insertion, dust cover
Mi DR 04
Lid fastener for tool operation
triangle 8 mm
is used instead of fasteners for hand- or tool operation, in order to make unauthorized opening of
lids more difficult
4 locking devices with triangle 8 mm and key
DS 1
Triangular key 8 mm
346
Accessories
Mi ZS 20
Mi hinge for lids
for Mi boxes sizes 1, 2, 3, 4
Foroperating installation device within a large area.
The lid keeps permanently connected to the box.
When assembling several boxes, the insertion can only be carried out for the external boxes.
Mi ZS 40
Mi hinge for lids
for Mi boxes sizes 1 to 8
For operating installation device within a large area.
Wall connectors or flanges are necessary for assembly
Not applicable in boxes with covers
Mi ZS 60
Mi hinge for lids
for Mi boxes sizes 4 and 8 with extension frame
For operating installation device within a large area.
Wall connectors or flanges are necessary for assembly
Not applicable in boxes with covers
Example:
Mi hinges for lids enable to operate installation device within a large area
347
Accessories
Mi KL 6
Hinged flap
modules 1 x 6 x 18 mm
with drill and saw template
opening dimensions 117 x 60 mm
sealable
lockable with hinged flap lock
Mi KL 12
Hinged flap
modules 1 x 12 x 18 mm
with drill and saw template
opening dimensions 220 x 60 mm
sealable
lockable with hinged flap lock
wall thickness 1.5-4 mm
Mi BS 6
Protection cover
for Mi KL 6
with fixing screws
modules 6
1 x 6 x 18 mm
Mi BS 12
Protection cover
for Mi KL 12
with fixing screws
modules 12
1 x 12 x 18 mm
Mi SK 01
Hinged flap lock
for retrofitting in hinged flaps of 6 or 12 modules width
for protecting the switchgear located behind the hinged flap against unauthorised access
(only effective in connection with lid lock Mi ZS ..)
consisting of:
1 lock, Mi KL
2 keys
1 grooved pin
348
Accessories
NZ KL 54
KWH meter window flap
inaccordance with DIN 43 870
fortool or manual operation
can be locked with padlock (clip diameter max. 6 mm)
complete with screws
sealable
Mi SA 2
for box sizes 1 to 4
for 2 lid fittings
MT SP 01
Wallet for circuit diagram
DIN A 5
self-adhesive
colour clear-transparent
Material thermoplastic
halogen-free
Mi AL 40
Mi MS 2
Profile for wall mounting
forMi distribution board assemblies up to 900 x 1200 mm
with8 screws M6 x 16, washers and nuts for mounting
enclosures
length 1950 mm
Material sendzimir galvanised steel profile
with structured powder coating
MX 0101
Mounting profile set
U-profile for constructing a mounting frame
constisting of:
1 x mounting rail, 2 x fixing brackets,
1 x flat connector with connecting screws
length 1950 mm
Material sheet steel, galvanised and
powder-coated
349
Accessories
MX 0112
Frame connector set
for constructing a mounting frame
fixing elements for T or L connections
consisting of: 2 couplers with screws and nuts
MX 0105
Coupler set
for constructing a mounting frame
2 x couplers with connecting screws
Material sheet steel, galvanised and

powder-coated
MX 0111
Screw for box fixing
set with 12 pieces
M 6 x 16
self-tapping for fixing the Mi box onto mounting profile MX 0101
Varnish pen RAL 7016

12 ml
Z RK 19
Cable entry cover
height: 150 mm
150
depth: 190 mm
length 2000 mm
190
colour RAL 7030

Material thermoplastics
Weight 0 kg
Z RKW 19
Support for cable entry cover
height: 150 mm
150
depth: 190 mm
190
Material thermoplastics
350
Technical Details

Standards and regulations 353
Rated power dissipation of empty boxes 354 - 355
Dimensions in mm 356
Wall mounting 357
Mounting prole 358
Lid hinges, detail dimensions 359
Terminal technology 360
Design and project engineering 361
Assembly 362 - 366
351
Technical Details
Empty enclosures Circuit breaker boxes

Mi 0... Mi 1...
Mi 9...
Application area Suitable for indoor installation and outdoor installation, protected against weather inuences
However, pay attention to the climatic effects on the installed equipment , for example, high or low
ambient temperatures or formation of condensed water see technical information
Resistance to occasional cleaning procedures (direct jet)
with high-pressure cleaner without cleaning additives,
water pressure: max 100 bar, water temperature: Max. 80 C,
distance => 0.15 m, in accordance with IP 69K requirements,
single enclosure without lid equipment (no enclosure assembly),
enclosure and cable glands at least IP 65.
Ambient temperature
- Average value + 35 C The ambient temperature is reduced
over 24 hours + 70 C + 40 C at distribution boares by the installed
- Maximum value 25 C 5 C equipment technology!
- Minimum value
Relative humidity 50% at 40 C
- short-time 100% at 25 C
in the event
of internal faults Minimum requirements
Burning behaviour
- Glow wire test
IEC 60 695-2-11 960 C 960 C
- UL Subject 94 V-2 V-2
ame-retardant ame-retardant
self-extinguishing self-extinguishing
Degree of protection
IK 08 (5 Joule) IK 08 (5 Joule)
Toxic behaviour halogenfree 1) halogenfree 1)
silicone-free silicone-free
1)
Halogen-free in accordance with IEC 754-2 Common test methods for cables - Determination of the
amount of halogen acid gas.
352
Technical Data
Standards and Regulations
Mi Distribution Boards Distribution boards assembled and wired according to manufacturer data without essential deviations
comply with the require- from the original type or system.
ments of the IEC 61 439-2
To meet these requirements for Hensel Mi Distribution Boards, the following must be noted:
1. The distribution boards must consist of the veried enclosures documented in this list.
2. The wiring of the equipment must be carried out with the cross-sections and con-
ductor types indicated in Table Rating of insulated conductors in switchgear assemblies, Index Tech-
nics.
3. Once the distribution board is completed, a routine test must be carried out in accordance with this
standard.
4. The test must be certied with a test report.
5. The assembly must be provided with a manufacturers identication mark.

Compliance with important data such as
- limit of temperature rise
- dielectric strength
- IP degrees of protection
- creepage distances and clearances
is veried for this system.
Standards and regulations - IEC 61 439-2

Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies
Part 2: Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
- IEC 60 999, connecting devices

Safety requirements for screw-type and screwless-type clamping units
for electrical copper conductors
- DIN EN 50 262
Metric threaded cable glands for electrical installations
- DIN 43 880
Built-in equipment for electrical installations; overall dimensions
and related mounting dimensions
- IEC 60 529 / DIN VDE 0470 Teil 1

353
Technical Details
Temperature rise () with Mi-Distribution boards by power dissipation of electrical devices
Single enclosures
Central enclosures
354
Technical Details
Temperature rise () with Mi-Distribution boards by power dissipation of electrical devices
External enclosures
Note!
The maximally permissible operating temperature inside the enclosures (Jimax) is determined by:
1st Maximally permissible ambient temperature of the installed electrical devices (please consider data of the equipment manufacturers)
2nd Category temperature of the internal wiring and the inserted cables
3rd Temperatur resistance of the enclosure materials and the cable entries etc.
Example: Computation of the maximum rated power dissipation (PV)

Maximally permissible operating temperature inside the enclosure(s) (imax): e.g. 55 C
Maximally permissible heating up inside the enclosure: = max - U = 55 C - 25 C = 30 K
Maximum permissible power dissipation of the installed equipment inclusive wiring
Enclosure size 3 (540 x 270 x 163 mm)
(PV) in accordance with diagram:
Single enclosure: PV = 53 W
Central enclosure: PV = 45 W
Extermal enclosure: PV = 48 W
Example: Computation of the operating temperature inside the enclosure (i)

Rated power dissipation of the installed electrical equipment (PV): 30 W
Heating up inside the enclosures in accordance with diagram over:
Enclosure size 3 (540 x 270 x 163 mm) single enclosure: = 17 K; i = U + = 25 C + 17 K = 42 C
Enclosure size 3 (540 x 270 x 163 mm) central enclosure: = 20 K; i = U + = 25 C + 20 K = 45 C
Enclosure size 3 (540 x 270 x 163 mm) external enclosure: = 19 K; i = U + = 25 C + 19 K = 44 C
355
Technical Details
Dimensions
Dimensions of the interior 300 170 300

272 214
installation depth with installed 240 135 238 191
mounting plates. Mi 0310
150
Mi 0311
125 Mi 9310
The width of Mi Empty boxes Mi CB 10
Mi 9311
Mi 9... enlarges about 15
388
422
450
mm because of the laterally 300
mounted lid hinges, refer to 272 170
238 146
7
product pages. Mi 0100
122
150
92
7
Mi 0101 25 113
Mi 9100 275 x 425
= usable 25 113 Mi 9101

275 x 125
installation space
300
272 170
238 146
300
272 170 Mi 0400
238 146 Mi 0401
Mi 0200 Mi 9400
Mi 0201 Mi 9401
272
300
238
Mi 9200
538
572
600
Mi 9201
7
25 113
275 x 275
7
300 25 113
272 214 275 x 575
238 191
Mi 0210
Mi 0211 300
272 214
238
Mi 9210
272
300
238 191
Mi 9211
7
Mi 0410
Mi 0411
25 113 Mi 9410
275 x 275
Mi 9411
538
572
600
300
272 182
238 115
7
Mi 0220
Mi 0221
25 113
238
272
300
Installation of equipment in
275 x 575
protection plates: Mi 0800
7
Pre-drill the sections at the Mi 0801

corners, then saw away the 25 113 600
275 x 275
section from the protection 572
538 170
plate by using a piercing 42 146
saw at middle to low cutting 300
272 170
speed. 238 146
Use coarse toothed saw
Mi 0300
blades for plastics Mi 0301
(e.g. Bosch T 101 B).
538
572
600
Mi 9310
42
Mi 9311
422
388
450
39
7
109
25 113 25 25 113
275 x 425 575 x 575
356
Technical Details
Wall Mounting
7
Dimensions
for wall mounting in mm
7
External brackets
for external box xing.
Mi AL 40 (4 xing brackets)
Mounting prole Note:

for wall-mounted installation Please x mounting prole in vertical position as
of Mi-Distribution boards, possible in order to give occation to cable routing
steel prole, 1950 mm long, behind the assembly. For cutting to the required
dividable in the grid length x mounting prole for example with a
of 150 mm. clamp to a desk.
Mi MS 2
Transport
Regarding transportation its
recommendable to protect the
assembly against deection.
For that please screw the
assembly to a solid timber.
Fixing matrix of
mounting prole
Mounting proles
U proles for constructing
a mounting frame.
357
Technical Details
Mounting Prole
Mounting prole
T-connection
T-connection
Coupling of
mounting proles
Wall xing
Cross connection
Wall xing
depth-adjustable
by 18 mm
Mounting prole
To stabilize larger distributions
boards for the transport and
assembly on site.
MX 0101
MX 0112
MX 0105
MX 0110
MX 0111
358
Technical Details
Lid Hinges
Lid hinges
for Mi distribution boards
Mi ZS 20
When assembling several
boxes, the insertion can only
be carried out for the external
boxes.
For operating installation device
within a large area.
The lid keeps permanently
connected to the box. Usable in Mi boxes:
Back-stop Position of box: vertical Position of box: horizontal
of lids left right top buttom left right top bottom
Size 1:
Size 2:
Size 3: - - -
Size 4: - - -
Mi heavy-duty hinge joints

Mi ZS 40
within a large area. The lid
keeps permanently connected
to the box. Wall connectors
or flanges are necessary for
assembly.
Not applicable in boxes with
covers.
Lid is fastened with plastic
screw to secure the total
insulation .
Mi hinge for lids

Mi ZS 60
within a large area.
The lid keeps permanently
connected to the box.
Not applicable in boxes with
covers.
359
Technical Details
Terminals
PE und N Corresponding cross-sections / copper

FIXCONNECT-Klemme
Clamping unit max. from - to max. max. from - to max.
Rated connecting capacity number number
of PE and N terminals 1 25 mm2, s 1 25 mm2, f
1 16 mm2, s 1 16 mm2, f
Current carrying capacity: 1 10 mm2, sol 1 10 mm2, f
}
80 A 3 6 mm2, sol 1 6 mm2, f
Tested as connecting
terminal for several
3 4 mm2, sol conductors of the
1 4 mm2, f
same cross-sections
4 2.5 mm2, sol for using in one 1 2.5 mm2, f
Screw-type terminal 4 1.5 mm2, sol
circuit
1 1.5 mm2, f
25 mm2
1 1.5 - 4 mm2, sol 1 1.5 - 4 mm2, f
Without end ferrule;

clamping unit has to be
opened with a tool when
conductor is inserted.
Plug-in terminal 4 mm2
Terminal equipment
Number Mounted in PE terminal
and number of conductors of Mi Circuit
to be connected modules breaker
boxes up to 4 mm2 up to 25 mm2
PE terminal
24 (2-row) Mi 1224
Mi 1220
Mi 1222 12x4 mm2 2x25 mm2
Mi 1336
36 (3-row) Mi 1333
48 (4-row) Mi 1448 24x4 mm2 6x25 mm2
Mi 1444
N terminal Number Mounted in N terminal

of Mi Circuit
modules breaker plug-in
boxes up to 4 mm2 up to 25 mm2 jumper
24 (2-row) Mi 1224
Mi 1220
Mi 1222 12x4 mm2 3x25 mm2
Mi 1336
36 (3-row) Mi 1333
48 (4-row) Mi 1448 24x4 mm2 6x25 mm2
Mi 1444
360
Design and Project Engineering
Planning aids Project engineering with the catalogue

Planning and project enginee-
ring made easy with various
planning tools
Project engineering with per- With the EDP planning software HENPAS, the
sonal computers and standard electrician can edit simple, fast and professional
software computer-assembly drawings and circuit diagrams.
The parts libraries contain all elements which are
required for the editing of assembly plans.
You can download the CAD Parts library of signs
and symbols on the Internet at
www.hensel-electric.de, download area.
Software requirements:
AutoSketch, AutoCAD or DXF compatible
CAD programs.
Project engineering with the

professional planning aid is a professional planning aid for electricians for a
ENYGUIDE. simple and quick editing of design drawings and
The configurator supports parts lists.
project engineering With the configuration software electricians can
- online via Internet provide themself fast and easily layouts and parts
- or ofine lists without any time-consuming program installa-
www.enyguide.de tion at the computer.
The professional planning aid plots the

distribution board as precise 3-dimensional image
for final customers and/or the user or as 2-dimen-
sional drawing or the assembler. The user can
choose via several layers between the projection
of assemblies, covers and doors. ENYGUIDE
figures out independently the necessary accesso-
ries. The software particulary facilitates a reliable
basis for calculations via automatically generated
order and parts lists and guarantees a meaningful
documentation for each project.
361
Assembly
Step 1:
Assembly of Mi Distribution
boards according to assembly
draft
Step 2:
Knock out of box walls
to provide electrical con-
nection
Knock out the box walls to
provide for the electrical con-
nection inside the distributors.
Knock out the appropriate
openings of the wedge joints
for the assembly of boxes.
Step 3:
Assembly of the boxes
A self-adhesive wall gasket is
stuck to the box wall to seal
the boxes in position (applies
to closed box walls, too.)
The boxes are assembled by

means of wedge connections.
Screws M 6x15 may be used
instead of wedges.
The wall clamp is pressed onto

the box ns to increase the
rigidity.
Wall separator for subdivision

of 300 mm box walls into 2
x 150 mm for ange or box
mounting.
362
Assembly
Step 3:
Cable entry via anges.
Flanges are attached to the

boxes by means of 4 wedge
links and 1 clamp to the box
wall.
Knock out for cable entries by

means of a screwdriver.
The respective box wall is

knocked out and the upper
box n next to the wedge
fastening is sawed out.
Then the cable insertion is
screwed on and the rubber
entries are tted.
The cable is inserted into the

box from the front.
363
Assembly
Step 3:
Subsequent installation of
upper box n.
Mounting canopy
for the unprotected installation
outdoors. Easy assembly by
means of wedge connections.
364
Assembly
Step 4:
Installing equipment
Installation devices can be
fastened on mounting plates
with self-threading screws.
DIN rail fastening on spacers

Mi DS 50
365
Assembly
Step 5:
Installation of equipment in
cover plates
Pre-drill the sections at the cor-
ners. Then saw away the sec-
tions from the protection plate
by using a piercing saw with
coarse toothed saw blades for
plastics (e.g. Bosch T 101 B).
Screw the support for the pro-

tection plate Mi EP 02 at the
base of the box.
Put on the protection plate.
Blanking strips (attached) for

unused equipment openings in
protection covers.
PE and N terminals for copper

conductors (installed).
Dimension of 1 module Notes to Mi Circuit breaker boxes

1 module = 18 mm Spare equipment openings in protection covers are to be
18
covered with the blanking strips to prevent accidental contact
45 (blanking strips are enclosed for 50 % of equipment open-
ings).
48
Circuit breaker boxes can be tted with any DIN rail equip-
ment, if per row (12 modules 12 x 18 mm) the assigned back-
35 up fuse wont exceed 80 A.
Dimensions in accordance
withDIN 43 880 for DIN rail
equipment
366
LES Cable Entry Systems

Grommets ESM, IP 54 368
Stepped grommets STM, IP 55 369
Grommets EDK, IP 65 370
Grommets EDR for conduits, IP 65 371
Cable glands AKM, IP 65 372 - 373
Cable glands ASM, IP 66 374 - 375
Cable glands AFM without locknut, IP 65 376
Cable glands ASS, IP 66/67 377 - 378
Combi climate glands, IP 66/67 379 - 383
Pressure compensation element 384
Stepped grommets, ange, cable retention 385
Cable glands AKS, IP 65 386 - 387
367
Grommets
ESM 16
Grommets
for knockouts M 16
sealing range: 4,8-11 mm
bore-hole: 16.5 mm
ESM 20
Grommets
for knockouts M 20
bore-hole: 20.5 mm
ESM 25
Grommets
for knockouts M 25
bore-hole: 25.5 mm
ESM 32
Grommets
for knockouts M 32
bore-hole: 32.5 mm
ESM 40
Grommets
for knockouts M 40
bore-hole: 40.5 mm
368
Stepped Grommets
STM 16
Stepped grommet
for knockouts M 16
sealing range: 3,5-12 mm
bore-hole: 16.5 mm
STM 20
Stepped grommet
for knockouts M 20
bore-hole: 20.5 mm
STM 25
Stepped grommet
for knockouts M 25
bore-hole: 25.5 mm
STM 32
Stepped grommet
for knockouts M 32
sealing range: 13-26,5 mm
bore-hole: 32.5 mm
STM 40
Stepped grommet
for knockouts M 40
bore-hole: 40.5 mm
369
Grommets
EDK 16
Grommets
for knockouts M 16
bore-hole: 16.5 mm
EDK 20
Grommets
for knockouts M 20
bore-hole: 20.5 mm
EDK 25
Grommets
for knockouts M 25
bore-hole: 25.5 mm
EDK 32
Grommets
for knockouts M 32
bore-hole: 32.5 mm
EDK 40
Grommets
for knockouts M 40
bore-hole: 40.5 mm
370
Grommets for Conduits
EDR 16
Grommets for conduits
for knockouts M 16
conduit connection M 16
bore-hole: 16.5 mm
EDR 20
for knockouts M 20
bore-hole: 20.5 mm
EDR 25
for knockouts M 25
Rohranschluss M 25
bore-hole: 25.5 mm
EDR 32
for knockouts M 32
bore-hole: 32.5 mm
EDR 40
for knockouts M 40
bore-hole: 40.5 mm
371
Cable Glands
AKM 12
Cable glands
for knockouts M 12
bore-hole: 12.3 mm
Wall thickness up to 3 mm
with strain relief and locknut
AKM 16
Cable glands
for knockouts M 16
bore-hole: 16.3 mm
AKM 20
Cable glands
for knockouts M 20
bore-hole: 20.3 mm
AKM 25
Cable glands
for knockouts M 25
bore-hole: 25.3 mm
372
Cable Glands
AKM 32
Cable glands
for knockouts M 32
bore-hole: 32.3 mm
AKM 40
Cable glands
for knockouts M 40
bore-hole: 40.3 mm
AKM 50
Cable glands
for knockouts M 50
bore-hole: 50.3 mm
AKM 63
Cable glands
for knockouts M 63
bore-hole: 63.3 mm
373
Cable Glands
ASM 12
Cable glands
for knockouts M 12
bore-hole: 12.3 mm
glow wire test IEC 60 695-2-11: 960C
ASM 16
Cable glands
for knockouts M 16
bore-hole: 16.3 mm
ASM 20
Cable glands
for knockouts M 20
bore-hole: 20.3 mm
ASM 25
Cable glands
for knockouts M 25
bore-hole: 25.3 mm
374
Cable Glands
ASM 32
Cable glands
for knockouts M 32
bore-hole: 32.3 mm
ASM 40
Cable glands
for knockouts M 40
bore-hole: 40.3 mm
tightening torque 10 Nm
ASM 50
Cable glands
for knockouts M 50
bore-hole: 50.3 mm
ASM 63
Cable glands
for knockouts M 63
bore-hole: 63.3 mm
375
Cable Glands
AFM 16
Cable glands for knockouts M 16
bore-hole: 16.3 mm
wall thickness 1-4 mm
the cable gland can be mounted without locknut
Especially useful when it is difficult to mount a lock nut in boxes.
with strain relief
ambient temperature - 20 C up to + 55 C
AFM 20
bore-hole: 20.3 mm
with strain relief
AFM 25
bore-hole: 25.3 mm
with strain relief
AFM 32
bore-hole: 32.3 mm
with strain relief
376
Cable Glands
ASS 12
Cable glands
for knockouts M 12
bore-hole: 12.3 mm
ASS 16
Cable glands
for knockouts M 16
bore-hole: 16.3 mm
ASS 20
Cable glands
for knockouts M 20
bore-hole: 20.3 mm
ASS 25
Cable glands
for knockouts M 25
bore-hole: 25.3 mm
377
Cable Glands
ASS 32
Cable glands
for knockouts M 32
bore-hole: 32.3 mm
ASS 40
Cable glands
for knockouts M 40
bore-hole: 40.3 mm
ASS 50
Cable glands
for knockouts M 50
bore-hole: 50.3 mm
ASS 63
Cable glands
for knockouts M 63
bore-hole: 63.3 mm
378
Combi Climate Glands
New product of Hensel: For adherence to the requested degree of protection the ventilation of the
Ventilation and cable entry enclosure is effected via a special combi climate gland.
in one! Via an inserted, breathable membrane combi climate glands ensure pressure
In general the formation of water in compensation between enclosure interior and ambient air.
case of condensation in closed enclo-
sures cannot be prevented in instal-
lation areas with high temperature
differences!
Openings for
pressure compensation
The
ingress of
humidity
from outside
is prevented by this
membrane.
In the consequence accumulated

water dries by air exchange away or
reduces itself in the course of time.
At the same time the degree of pro-
tection of the enclosure is obtained
(up to IP 67)!
Duct for air exchange
The combi climate gland allows the

cable entry and pressure compen-
sation additionally.
Combi climate glands prevent accu-

mulations of condensation, which can
form among others by large tempera-
ture uctuations, like changing weather,
intensive solar irradiation etc., in enclo-
sures with high degree of protection.
Your advantages with combi climate glands:

Cable entry and ventilation in one!

Degree of protection of enclosure is obtained
379
KBM 20
Combi climate gland
for knockouts M 20
for the reduction of condensation by pressure compensation
bore-hole: 20.5 mm
wall thickness up to 3,5 mm
compensation, one combi climate gland M20 must be used
12,393 litres.
Number of necessary combi climate glands M20 3 pieces.
When using different gland sizes the values for the enclosure
volumes of the used combi climate glands can be added on.
If the quantity of the necessary climate glands for pressure com-
pensation is larger, than the number of necessary cable glands for
cable entry, the unused climate glands can be sealed with sealing
plugs.
KBM 25
Combi climate gland
for knockouts M 25
bore-hole: 25.5 mm
12,393 litres.
Number of necessary combi climate glands M25 2 pieces
plugs.
380
KBM 32
Combi climate gland
for knockouts M 32
bore-hole: 32.5 mm
12,393 litres.
Number of necessary combi climate glands M32 2 piece.
pensation is larger, than the number of necessary cable glands fr
plugs.
KBM 40
Combi climate gland
for knockouts M 40
bore-hole: 40.5 mm
12.393 litres. Number of necessary KB. 40 (M40) 1 piece.
pensation is larger, than the number of necessary cable glands fr
plugs.
381
KBS 20
Combi climate gland
for knockouts M 20
bore-hole: 20.5 mm
12,393 litres.
Number of necessary combi climate glands M20 3 pieces.
plugs.
KBS 25
Combi climate gland
for knockouts M 25
bore-hole: 25.5 mm
12,393 litres.
Number of necessary combi climate glands M25 2 pieces
plugs.
382
KBS 32
Combi climate gland
for knockouts M 32
bore-hole: 32.5 mm
12,393 litres.
Number of necessary combi climate glands M32 2 piece.
plugs.
KBS 40
Combi climate gland
for knockouts M 40
bore-hole: 40.5 mm
12.393 litres. Number of necessary KB. 40 (M40) 1 piece.
plugs.
383
Sealing Plug
Pressure Compensation Element
VSB 13
Sealing plug
diameter 13 mm
for sealing combi climate glands M20 or M25, which are not used
for cable entry
VSB 21
Sealing plug
diameter 21 mm
forsealing combi climate glands M32 and M40, which are not
used for cable entry
BM 32
for M 32 knockouts
for the reduction of condensation by pressure compensation in 66
15,7
power distribution systems
30,7
bore-hole: 32.3 mm
with counter nut
compensation, one pressure compensation element BM 32
must be used per 42 litres (42000 cm) of enclosure volume.
30,6 litres. Number of necessary BM 32 (M32) = 1 piece.
384
KST 70
Stepped grommet
bore-hole: 83 mm
MV FP 66
flange
with cable entry glands and screws
wall thickness of at least 1.5 mm
KHR 01
Cable retention
KHR 02
Cable retention
385
Cable Glands
AKS 9
for knockouts Pg 9
for bore-hole Pg 9, 15.5 mm
AKS 11
for knockouts Pg 11
AKS 13,5
for knockouts Pg 13.5
bore-hole Pg 13,5, 21 mm
AKS 16
for knockouts Pg 16
wall thickness up to 4 mm
AKS 21
for knockouts Pg 21
386
Cable Glands
AKS 29
for knockouts Pg 29
AKS 36
for knockouts Pg 36
wall thickness of up to 5 mm
AKS 42
for knockouts Pg 42
for bore-hole Pg 42, 54,5 mm
AKS 48
for knockouts Pg 48
bore-hole Pg 48, 60 mm
387
388
Technical Details
Outside diameter of conventinal cable cross sections 390

Assignment of cable outside diameters to cable entries 390
Dimensions 391
389
Technical Details
Outside diameter of conventional cable cross sections. The outside diameters are average values of different products.
Cable NYM NYY NYCY Cable NYM NYY NYCY
cross section NYCWY cross section NYCWY
1x4 mm 8 mm 9 mm 4x1,5 mm 11 mm 13,5 mm 14 mm
1x6 mm 8,5 mm 10 mm 4x2,5 mm 12,5 mm 14,5 mm 15 mm
1x10 mm 9,5 mm 10,5 mm 4x4 mm 14,5 mm 17,5 mm 17 mm
1x16 mm 11 mm 12 mm 4x6 mm 16,5 mm 18 mm 18 mm
1x25 mm 14 mm 4x10 mm 18,5 mm 20 mm 20 mm
1x35 mm 15 mm 4x16 mm 23,5 mm 23 mm 23 mm
1x50 mm 16,5 mm 4x25 mm 28,5 mm 28 mm 28 mm
1x70 mm 18 mm 4x35 mm 32 mm 26-30 mm 29 mm
1x95 mm 20 mm 4x50 mm 30-35 mm 34 mm
1x120 mm 21 mm 4x70 mm 34-40 mm 37 mm
1x150 mm 23 mm 4x95 mm 38-45 mm 42 mm
1x185 mm 25 mm 4x120 mm 42-50 mm 47 mm
1x240 mm 28 mm 4x150 mm 46-53 mm 52 mm
1x300 mm 30 mm 4x185 mm 53-60 mm 60 mm
2x1,5 mm 10 mm 12 mm 4x240 mm 59-71 mm 70 mm
2x2,5 mm 11 mm 13 mm 4x25/16 mm 30 mm
2x4 mm 15 mm 4x35/16 mm 30 mm
2x6 mm 16 mm 4x50/25 mm 36,5 mm
2x10 mm 18 mm 4x70/35 mm 40 mm
2x16 mm 20 mm 4x95/50 mm 44,5 mm
2x25 mm 4x120/70 mm 48,5 mm
2x35 mm 4x150/70 mm 53 mm
3x1,5 mm 10,5 mm 12,5 mm 13 mm 4x185/95 mm
3x2,5 mm 11 mm 13 mm 14 mm 4x240/120 mm
3x4 mm 13 mm 16 mm 16 mm 5x1,5 mm 12 mm 15 mm 15 mm
3x6 mm 15 mm 17 mm 17 mm 5x2,5 mm 13,5 mm 16 mm 17 mm
3x10 mm 18 mm 19 mm 18 mm 5x4 mm 15,5 mm 16,5 mm 18 mm
3x16 mm 20 mm 21 mm 21 mm 5x6 mm 18 mm 19 mm 20 mm
3x25 mm 26 mm 5x10 mm 20 mm 21 mm
3x35 mm 5x16 mm 26 mm 24 mm
3x50 mm 5x25 mm 31,5 mm
3x70 mm 7x1,5 mm 13 mm 16 mm
3x95 mm 7x2,5 mm 14,5 mm 16,5 mm
3x120 mm 19x1,5 mm 22 mm
3x150 mm 24x1,5 mm 25 mm
3x185 mm
3x240 mm
3x25/16 mm 27 mm 27 mm
3x35/16 mm 28 mm 27 mm
3x50/25 mm 32 mm 32 mm
3x70/35 mm 32-36 mm 36 mm
3x95/50 mm 37-41 mm 40 mm
3x120/70 mm 42 mm 43 mm
3x150/70 mm 46 mm 47 mm
3x185/95 mm 52 mm 48-54 mm
3x240/120 mm 57-63 mm 60 mm
3x300/150 mm 63-69 mm
Assignment of cable outside diameters to cable entries (glands, grommets etc.)

Outside diameters of cables Cable entry metric Outside diameters of cables Cable entry metric
min. max. min. max.
3 mm 6 mm ASM/AKM/ASS 12 5 mm 10 mm EDK 16
6.5 mm 13.5 mm ASM/AKM/ASS 20 9 mm 17 mm EDK 25
19 mm 28 mm ASM/AKM/ASS 40 Rohranschluss
27 mm 35 mm ASM/AKM/ASS 50 M 16 EDR 16
35 mm 48 mm ASM/AKM/ASS 63 M 20 EDR 20
4.8 mm 11 mm ESM 16 M 25 EDR 25
6 mm 13 mm ESM 20 M 32 EDR 32
9 mm 17 mm ESM 25 M 40 EDR 40
9 mm 23 mm ESM 32
17 mm 30 mm ESM 40
3.5 mm 12 mm STM 16
5 mm 16 mm STM 20
5 mm 21 mm STM 25
13 mm 26.5 mm STM 32
13 mm 34 mm STM 40
390
Technical Details
Dimensions
Grommets
in mm A B B1 C D
ESM 16 16,5 22 18,5 14,5 8,5 Grommets ESM
ESM 20 20,5 26 22,5 14,5 8,5 Degree of protection IP 55
ESM 25 26,0 31 27,5 14,5 8,5 Grommets ESM are inserted into
ESM 32 33,0 38 34,5 17,5 8,5 knockouts. There is no counternut
ESM 40 41,0 46 42,5 17,5 8,5 required!
Stepped grommet
in mm A B B1 C D
STM 16 13,2 21,2 19 7,4 8,0 Stepped grommets STM
STM 20 18,0 25 23 9,2 8,0 Degree of protection IP 55
STM 25 21,6 30 28 11,5 7,4 Stepped glands STM are inserted into
STM 32 27,6 37 35 11,5 8,6 knockouts. There is no counternut
STM 40 33,6 45 43 15,1 8,6 required!
Grommets
in mm A B B1 C D
EDK 16 14,5 22 18,5 13,5 8,5 Grommets EDK
EDK 20 18,5 26 22,5 14,5 8,5 Degree of protection IP 65
EDK 25 23,5 31 27,5 14,5 8,5 Grommets EDK are inserted into
EDK 32 30,5 38 34,5 19,5 8,5 knockouts. There is no counternut
EDK 40 38,5 46 42,5 19,5 8,5 required!
in mm A B B1 C D
EDR 16 20 22 18,5 14,5 8,5 Grommets for conduits EDR
EDR 20 24 26 22,5 14,5 8,5 Degree of protection IP 65
EDR 25 29 31 27,5 14,5 8,5 Grommets for conduits EDR are
EDR 32 36 38 34,5 17,5 8,5 inserted into knockouts. There is no
EDR 40 44 46 42,5 17,5 8,5 counternut required!
Cable glands ASM/AKM/ASS
with strain relief counternut, degree of protection IP 65
ISO SW1 EK1 C D SW2 EKS H
across ats across max. across ats across
in mm corners corners
ASM/AKM/ASS 12 M 12 15 16,4 22 8 17 19,0 5
ASM/AKM/ASS 16 M 16 20 22,0 26 8 22 24,7 5
ASM/AKM/ASS 20 M 20 24 26,5 29 8 27 30,2 6
ASM/AKM/ASS 25 M 25 29 32,0 34 8 32 36,0 6
ASM/AKM/ASS 32 M 32 36 39,7 39 10 41 46,0 7
ASM/AKM/ASS 40 M 40 46 50,5 46 10 50 54,1 7
ASM/AKM/ASS 50 M 50 55 60,0 51 10 60 66,3 8
ASM/AKM/ASS 63 M 63 68 74,7 55 10 75 83,0 8
Combi climate glands KBM / KBS

with strain relief counternut, degree of protection IP 66 / IP 67
ISO SW1 EK1 C D SW2 EK2 H
across ats across max. across ats across
in mm corners corners
KBM/KBS 20 M 20 24 27,0 42 8 27 29,0 5
KBM/KBS 25 M 25 29 32,0 45 8 32 35,5 5
KBM/KBS 32 M 32 36 40,0 47 10 40 44,5 6
KBM/KBS 40 M 40 46 50,5 59 10 50 54,1 7
Cable glands AFM

with strain relief
SW1 SW2 EK2
across ats across ats across corners
in mm
AFM 16 20 24 26,5
AFM 20 24 26 29,0
AFM 25 29 32 36,0
AFM 32 36 42 46,0
235,5
12,5
Flange MV FP 66 4,5
12,5
147,5
149,0
160,0
for retrofitting onto boxes made of sheet steel

material thickness 1,5 mm R30,0
11,0 11,0
237,0
248,0
391
Technical Details
ESM ... Ste ... ASM ... ASS ... AFM ... KBM ...
STM ... AKM ... KBS ...
EDK ... AKS ...
EDR ...
KST...
MV FP 66
Application area suitable for indoor installation Suitable for outdoor installation -
(normal environment and/or harsh environment and / or outdoor
protected outdoor)
Ambient temperature
- Average value over 24 hours + 35 C + 35 C + 55 C + 55 C + 55 C + 55 C
- Maximum value + 40 C + 40 C + 70 C + 70 C + 70 C + 70 C
- Minimum value 25 C 25 C 25 C 25 C 25 C 25 C
in the event of internal faults
- Glow wire test in accordance with IEC 60 695-2-11
Burning behaviour
- Glow wire test 750 C 650 C 960 C 960 C 750 C 960 C
IEC 60 695-2-11 V-0 V-2 V-2 V-2
- UL Subject 94 ame- ame- ame- ame- ame-
retardant retardant retardant retardant retardant
self- self- self- self- self-
extinguishing extinguishing extinguishing extinguishing extinguishing
silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free silicone-free
Halogen-free in accordance with IEC 754-2

Common test methods for cables - Determination of the amount of halogen acid gas.
392
Technical Data
Technical Data
Material properties 394
Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS), Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 REACH 395
Degrees of protection 396 - 397
Outside diameter of conventional cable cross-sections 398
Assignment of cable outside diamters to cable glands 399
Preparations of aluminium conductors 400
Types of conductors, IK Code 401
Rating of insulated conductors in switchgear assemblies,
Overload and short-circuit protection 402
Technical Data
Rating of conductors, diversity factors 403

Formation of condensed water and retaliatory actions 404
Denition of terms 405
Copy template: Power dissipation calculation 406
Declaration of EC Conformity 407 - 412
393
Technical Data
Material Properties
Chemical resistance 1)
Products Material used
Benzene (MAK) 2)
IEC 60 695-2-11
Glow wire test
Petrol (MAK) 2)
UL Subject 94
Temperature
Minerar oil
resistance
Acid 10 %
Lye 10 %
Alcohol
K 7... / K 12.. / K 24.. PC (polycabonate) 960 C V-2 -40 C / + + 0 + +
lid Mi ... +120 C
door and lid KV .../KV PC .../
door FP .../
hinged lid KG /
KF 4... / KF 7... / KF 8...
KF 5... / KF 9... / KF WP ... PC-GFS (polycarbonate) 960 C V-0 -40 C / + + 0 + +
bases of Mi ... / FP ... +120 C
KD ... PC (polycarbonate) PC-5 960 C 5V -40 C / + + 0 + +
impact resistant +120 C
D ... / DP ... / DPC ... PS (Polystyrol) 750 C V-2 -40 C / + + + 0
DE ... / K ... / KC ... +70 C
RD ... / RK ...
KV ... / KG ...
K ... / KV ... / KV PC ... / PUR (polyurethane) -25 C / 0 + 0 0 +
Mi ... / FP ... +80 C
D ... / DP ... / DPC ... TPE 750 C -25 C / + + + 0 0 0

DE ... / K ... / KC ... (thermoplastic elastomer) +100 C
KF ... / KD ...
RD ... / RK ...
KV ... / KV PC ...
Mi FP ... / FP FG ...
ESM .. / STM .. / EDK ..
EDR .. /KST .. / DPS ..
ERA .. / EKA .. / EVS ..
ASM .. / AKM .. PA (polyamide) 960 C V-0 -40 C / + 0 + + + +
+100 C
ASS .. PA (polyamide) 960 C V-2 -40 C / + 0 + + + +
KBM .. / KBS .. +100 C
AFM .. / AKM .. / AVS .. / PA (polyamide) 750 C V-2 -40 C / + 0 + + + +
AKS .. +100 C
AFM .. / AKM .. / ASM .. / CR/NBR -20 C / + + + 0 0
ASS .. / AKS .. (polychloroprene +100 C
- nitrile rubber)
ASS .. TPE (Evoprene) -20 C / + +
+100 C
Technical Data
ASS .. CR (chloroprene rubber) -30 C / + + + 0 0

+100 C
KBM ../KBS .. EPDM ethylene propylene -40 C / + + +
diene monomer rubber +130 C
Ste .. PVC (polyvinyl chloride) 650 C -20 C / 0 0
+70 C
As at: July 2013
( + = resistance; 0 = partially resistance; = not resistant)

1) The specifications on chemical resistance are a general guide. In individual cases it may be necessary to check resistance in combination
with other chemicals and ambient conditions (temperature. concentration. etc.)
2) (MAK) - Maximum allowable concentration (work place)
394
Technical Data
RoHS
REACH
Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS) We state all these details according to the best of our knowledge. They correspond to the present state
of the art. This information is not to be understood as a warranty in the sense of warranty law.
HENSEL test enclosures according to this standard.
Under the intended use, our products do not fall within the scope of the Electrical Equipment Act (Elec-
trical and Electronic Equipment) and therefore outside the scope of Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS). If they
should be provided for use in products falling within the scope of RoHS, compliance with the require-
ments of RoHS have to be contracted bilaterally.
The following product series comply with Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS):

Enclosure System (Empty enclosures, Circuit Breaker Boxes)
Mi Distribution Boards (Empty Boxes, Circuit Breaker Boxes)
Cable Entry Systems
Regulation (EC) Gustav Hensel GmbH & Co. KG meets the requirements set by REACH (EG) No. 1907/2006. We shall
No 1907/2006 REACH inform you in the framework of our business relations about the changes to our products resulting from
REACH and agree on suitable measures on a case-by-case basis.
As far as article 33 of REACH is concerned, we herby inform you as follows:

It is not possible yet to provide information whether the substances that have been added to the candi-
date list (new date 15.12.2010) according to article 59 (1. 10) of the above-mentioned regulation (see the
website of the European Chemicals Agency (EChA) http://echa.europa.eu/) are contained in the article
or in the packaging materials in a concentration above 0.1 % weight by weight, because we must rst
obtain the relevant information from our suppliers.
As regards the substances included on the previous candidate list (earlier date 18.06.2010). we would like
to inform you of the following: The article and its packaging materials contain no substances included on
the candidate list (date 18.06.2010) according to article 59 (1. 10) of the above-mentioned regulation in a
concentration above 0.1 % weight by weight.
Lennestadt, January 2011
Technical Data
395
Technical Data
Degrees of Protection Provided by Enclosures (IP Code)
Degrees of protection according to IEC 60 529
Degree of protection of electrical equipment Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP Code), form the
Electrical equipment must be protected for safety reasons from basis for the determination and designation of the degree of protec-
external inuences and conditions. Enclosures provide the protection.
tion of electrical equipment against access to hazardous parts The degree of protection provided by an enclosure is proven by
and against solid foreign objects, as well as dust, humidity and means of standardized testing methods.
water. The becoming aged of test samples before carrying out the actual
The international standard IEC 60 529, the german standard type tests are part of the standardized testing methods.
DIN EN 60 529 / VDE 0470 Part 1 September 2000 with the title Ageing is made by an more-active increased thermal treatment.
IP
1st characteristic numeral:

Protection against foreign solid objects and direct contact Additonal letter
Meaning for the protection of equipment against ingress of solid
Additional letter where the actual protection against
foreign objects and of persons against access to hazardous
access to hazardous parts is higher than that indicated
parts with (non-protected) back of hand, finger, tool or wire.
by the 1st characteristic numeral (e.G. IP 20C)
Protection against ingress of Protection against access to hazard- Short form:
solid foreign objects ... ous parts with ... Protection against access with ...
IP 0X non-protected non-protected
IP 1X solid foreign objects the back of a hand A the back of the hand
50 mm
IP 2X solid foreign objects a nger B a nger

12.5 mm
IP 3X solid foreign objects a tool C a tool

2.5 mm 2.5 mm 2.5 mm
IP 4X solid foreign objects a wire D a wire

1.0 mm 1 mm 1 mm
Technical Data
IP 5X dust-protected with any auxiliary equipment (wire)
IP 6X dust-tight contact with any auxiliary equipment

(wire)
Meaning of the first characteristic numeral

The rst characteristic numeral indicates, to what extent the enclosure provides protection for persons against the access to (affecting of) hazardous parts.
This protection is reached. when the penetration into an enclosure of a part of the body or a foreign object, which is held by a person, is prevented or limited.
At the same time the enclosure provides protection of equipment against the penetration of solid foreign objects. This is the reason for having two descrip-
tions and two denitions to each rst characteristic numeral.
Meaning of the second characteristic numeral

The second characteristic numeral indicates the protection of the enclosure against ingress of water with harmful effects on the electrical equipment.
396
The marking system consists of the code letters IP and two following characteristic numerals.
Example:
IP 6 7
Code letters (International Protection)
2nd characteristic numeral: Protection against ingress of water with harmful effects
IP X0 IP X1 IP X2 IP X3 IP X4 IP X5 IP X6 IP X7
Non- Protection Protected Protection for Protection for Protection of Protection of Protection
protected against verti- against dripping occasional occasional operational operational against the
cal dripping water, when the cleaning pro- cleaning pro- processes, processes, effects of
water housing is tilted cedures, not cedures, not not direct not direct temporary
up to 15 direct spraying direct spraying spraying of spraying of immersion
Application
of the equip- of the equip- the equip- the equipment in water

ment ment ment (powerful water
(spraying (splashing (water jets) jets)
water) water)
Symbol

IP 20
IP 30 IP 31
IP 40 IP 41 IP 42 IP 43 IP 44
Technical Data
IP 54 IP 55
IP 65 IP 66 IP 67
Additional letters to the IP Code

The IP Code can still be extended by additional letters. Additional letters indicate the degree of protection against access to hazardous parts. Additonal
letters follow the two characteristic numerals. Additional letters are only used, - if the actual protection against access to hazardous parts is higher than by
the rst characteristic numeral indicated; or - if only the protection against access to hazardous parts is indicated and the degree of protection against solid
foreign objects is not considered. The rst characteristic numeral being then replaced by an X. An enclosure shall only be designated with a stated degree of
protection indicated by the additional letter if the enclosure also complies with all lower degrees of protection.
397
Technical Data
Outside Diameter of Conventional Cable Cross-Sections
Short Forms of Cables
The outside diameters are
Cable NYM NYY NYCY Cable NYM NYY NYCY
average values of different cross- NYCWY cross- NYCWY
products. section section
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
1x4 8 9 4x1.5 11 13.5 14
1x6 8.5 10 4x2.5 12.5 14.5 15
1x10 9.5 10.5 4x4 14.5 17.5 17
1x16 11 12 4x6 16.5 18 18
1x25 14 4x10 18.5 20 20
1x35 15 4x16 23.5 23 23
1x50 16.5 4x25 28.5 28 28
1x70 18 4x35 32 26-30 29
1x95 20 4x50 30-35 34
1x120 21 4x70 34-40 37
1x150 23 4x95 38-45 42
1x185 25 4x120 42-50 47
1x240 28 4x150 46-53 52
1x300 30 4x185 53-60 60
2x1.5 10 12 4x240 59-71 70
2x2.5 11 13 4x25/16 30
2x4 15 4x35/16 30
2x6 16 4x50/25 34-37
2x10 18 4x70/35 40
2x16 20 4x95/50 44.5
2x25 4x120/70 48.5
2x35 4x150/70 53
3x1.5 10.5 12.5 13 4x185/95
3x2.5 11 13 14 4x240/120
3x4 13 16 16 5x1.5 12 15 15
3x6 15 17 17 5x2.5 13.5 16 17
3x10 18 19 18 5x4 15.5 16.5 18
3x16 20 21 21 5x6 18 19 20
3x25 26 5x10 20 21
3x35 5x16 26 24
3x50 5x25 31.5
3x70 7x1.5 13 16
3x95 7x2.5 14.5 16.5
3x120 19x1.5 22
3x150 24x1.5 25
3x185
3x240
Technical Data
3x25/16 27 27
3x35/16 28 27
3x50/25 32 32
3x70/35 32-36 36
3x95/50 37-41 40 Short forms of cables

3x120/70 42 43 NYM Light plastic-sheathed cable
NYY Plastic-sheathed cable
3x150/70 46 47
NYCY Plastic-sheathed cable with concentric
3x185/95 52 48-54
conductor
3x240/120 57-63 60
NYCWY Plastic-sheathed cable with concentric.
3x300/150 63-69
undulated conductor
398
Technical Data
Assignment of Cable Outside Diameters to Cable Glands
Standards
Outside diameter of cables Cable entry Cable glands ASM/AKM/ASS

metric Degree of protection: up to IP 67
min. mm max. mm
3 6.5 ASM/AKM/ASS 12
With strain relief and counternut.
5 10 ASM/AKM/ASS 16
6.5 13.5 ASM/AKM/ASS 20
10 17 ASM/AKM/ASS 25
5 10 AFM 16
8 13 AFM 20
11 17 AFM 25
15 21 AFM 32
Outside diameter of cables Cable entry Grommets ESM

metric Degree of protection: IP 55
min. mm max. mm
4.8 11 ESM 16
Grommets are inserted into
6 13 ESM 20
knockouts.
No nut is necessary!
9 17 ESM 25
9 23 ESM 32
17 30 ESM 40
Outside diameter of cables Cable entry Stepped grommets STM

min. mm max. mm Stepped grommets are
3.5 12 STM 16 inserted into knock outs.
5 16 STM 20
5 21 STM 25
13 26.5 STM 32
13 34 STM 40
Outside diameter of cables Cable entry Grommets EDK

min. mm max. mm
5 10 EDK 16 Grommets are inserted into
6 13 EDK 20 knock outs.
9 17 EDK 25 No nut is necessary!
8 23 EDK 32
11 30 EDK 40
Outside diameter of cables Cable entry Grommets for conduits EDR

min. mm max. mm
Conduit
Grommets for concuits are
M 16 EDR 16
inserted into knock outs.
Technical Data
M 20 EDR 20
M 25 EDR 25
M 32 EDR 32
M 40 EDR 40
Hensel cable entries - EN 50 262

comply with the following Metric cable entries for electrical installations
standards and regulations:
- EN 60 423
Conduits for electrical purposes - Outside diameter of conduits for
electrical installations and threads for conduits and ttings
- IEC 60 529
399
Technical Data
Preparation of Aluminium Conductors
Connnection of aluminium The special conducting characteristics of aluminum This can lead to terminal overheating and in the
conductors can be seen in the fact that the surface of an alu- worst case re.
I. Chemical basics minum conductor is immediately covered in a non- Despite these special conditions. aluminum con-
conducting oxide layer upon exposure to oxy- ductors can be connected if the terminal used is
gen. appropriate and the following conditions are taken
This characteristic leads to an increase in the tem- into consideration when connecting.
porary resistance between the aluminum conduc-
tors and the terminal body.
II. Special terminal require- The suitability of terminal for connections with aluminium conductors needs to be evaluated
ments for the connection and confirmed by the terminal manufacturer.
of aluminium conductors 1. These terminals will thus meet the requirements 2. The terminal has an appropriate shape and sur-
for an aligned electrochemical voltage se- face to penetrate the grease layer or a very thin
quence. A disintegration of the base material oxide layer on the aluminum conductor upon
(aluminum) will be prevented. connection.
III. Appropriate preparation

and handling of
aluminium conductors
1 2
The non-insulated conductor ends need to have the Immediately after removing the oxide layer, the con-
oxide layer carefully scraped clean using a knife for ductor end needs to be rubbed with an acid and al-
example. In doing so no les, sand paper or brushes kali free grease such as technical vaseline and then
may be used. immediately connected to the terminal. This in turn
prevents oxygen from forming a non-conducting
oxide layer.
3 4
Due to the ow tendency in aluminum the terminals The steps listed above need to be repeated if the
Technical Data
need to be tightened before start up and after the conductor is removed and re-connected. I.e. the
rst 200 operating hours (note the appropriate conductor has to be scraped again, greased and
torque). immediately connected, because it will be connect-
ed at a different position.
400
Technical Data
Types of Conductors
IK Code
International short forms Type of conductor Symbol Designation of cables

of types of conductors
round solid RE (round single)
sol (solid)
sector-type SE (sector solid)
r (rigid)
round stranded RM (round stranded)
s (stranded)
sector-type SM (sector, stranded)
f (exible)
IK Code IK Code: Demand energy value [W] in Joules.

Protection against The European standard for enclosures EN 50298:98 includes also the IK Code for impact strength.
mechanical shock
With the DIN EN 50102 (VDE 0470 part of 100) Degrees of protection by enclosures for electrical
(impact strength)
operational funds (equipment) against outside mechanical loads (IK Code). is dened with the
identication letters IK.
This standard regulates the methods for the description of the protection of enclosures against outside
mechanical loads.
This indicates the degree of protection. which is provided by an enclosure against a mechanical load
(demand energy in joules).
HENSEL tests its enclosures and enclosure systems additionally also according to this standard.
Classification of the impact

IK Code [W] in J IK Code [W] in J
strength by the IK Code
500 g
kein 20 cm
IK00
Schutz IK06 1
IK01 0,14 500 g
40 cm
IK07 2
IK02 0,2
1,7 kg
20 cm
IK08 5
IK03 0,35
5 kg
Technical Data
20 cm
IK09 10
IK04 0,5
5 kg
40 cm
IK10 20
IK05 0,7
401
Technical Data
Rating of Insulated Conductors in Switchgear Assemblies
Overload and Short-Circuit Protection
Rating of insulated con- Protective device PVC NSGAFu Wiring strip

ductors in switchgear H07V-K max. 70 C max. 90 C max. 105 C
assemblies 20 A 2.5 mm2 2.5 mm2
The choice of cross-section for
25 A 4 mm2 4 mm2
the conductors within switch-
2
32/35 A 6 mm 6 mm2
gear assemblies is subject to
the responsibility of the manu- 40/50 A 10 mm2 10 mm2
facturer in accordance with 63 A 16 mm2 16 mm2
IEC 61 439-1. We recommend 80 A 25 mm 2
25 mm2
the following cross-sections 100 A 35 mm2 25 mm2 Mi VS 100
dependent on the series-con- 125 A 50 mm 2
35 mm 2
Mi VS 160
nected protective devices. The
160 A 70 mm2 70 mm2 Mi VS 160
values of Table 1 are based on
2 2
200 A 95 mm 95 mm Mi VS 250
the phase conductors. Wiring
2 2
information for devices (e.g. 250 A 120 mm 120 mm Mi VS 250
2
conductor size min. mm2) 315 A 150 mm Mi VS 400
must be noted as a matter of 400 A Mi VS 400
priority. 630 A Mi VS 630
Examples
... ...
125 A oder 125 A 125 A
50 mm2 H07VK 16 mm2 16 mm2

35 mm2 NSGAFu H07VK H07VK
125 A 63 A 63 A
Overload and short-circuit Each cable must be protected against overload and short circuits.
protection The dimensioning according to Table 1 requires a series-connected protective device for the overload and
short-circuit protection.
In some cases, it may occur that the series-connected protective device cannot take over this protection
e.g. when picking off one or several small loads from a busbar, see the following diagram.
Internal wiring shall be carried out in

a way that under normal conditions
no short circuit may occur.
Technical Data
The protective device F0 that is connected in series to the busbar system adopts neither the overload nor
short-circuit protection of the outgoing cable to F1.
For this reason, the cable must be laid in front of the fuse F1 so that no short circuits may occur under
normal conditions.
The following apply as short-circuit-proof cable installations e.g.
- rigid connections which do not come into contact with each other even in the event of a short circuit
(fixing of the conductors)
- cables with special insulation e.g. NSAFou kV
402
Technical Data
Rating of Conductors
Diversity Factors
Rating of the PE and N Phase conductor 16 mm2: as phase conductor

conductor per circuit Phase conductor > 16 mm2: 1/2 phase conductor cross-section, at least however 16 mm2, (not EMC-
compliant)
In buildings with a high proportion of a.c. loads or sources of harmonic voltages (electronic ballasts or
PCs). it can be necessary to implement the N conductor with the same current carrying capacity as the
phase conductors.
For all Hensel busbar systems up to 630 A. the N conductor must be implemented with the same current
carrying capacity.
Diversity factor for built-in The following loading factors may be applied where more than one circuit is installed in one box or instal-
devices according to lation assembly and if no details of the rated current are known:
IEC 61 439-2
Number of circuits Factor
2-3 0.9
4-5 0.8
6-9 0.7
10 and more 0.6
Technical Data
403
Technical Data
Formation of Condensed Water and Retaliatory Actions
How does condensed water The problem of condensed water forming in electrical installations only occurs in enclosures with a
occur in enclosures with a degree of protection IP 54 since the temperature adjustment that is carried out from inside to outside is
high degree of protection? too low due to the high density of the enclosure and its material.
System switched on. The internal temperature is higher than the external
temperature due to the power dissipation of the
built-in devices.
System switched on. The warm air inside the enclosure attempts to accu-
mulate moisture. This comes from outside through
the seal as the enclosures are not gas-tight.
The internal temperature is reduced by cooling

System switched off. down the system e.g. by switching off the loads.
The cooler air emits moisture which is collected as
condensed water on the cooling inner surfaces.
How does condensed water Formation of condensed water for Formation of condensed water in protected
occur in enclosures with a indoor installations: outdoor installations (protected against weather
high degree of protection? inuences) or unprotected outdoor installations:
In areas where high levels of air humi- Here condensed water can be formed
dity and large temperature uctuations dependent on the weather, high air hu-
are expected e.g. in laundry rooms. midity, direct sunlight and temperature
kitchens. car washes etc. differences compared to the wall.
Measure against accumula- 1. Select the installation site

tion of condensed water (avoid temperature differences).
e. g. Cable junction boxes 2. Open condensed water membrane
at the lowest point of the cable junc-
tion box (maybe drill hole 5 mm).
3. Enable exchange of air via
Technical Data
ventilation.
Example:
Open condensation water membrane
Measures against formation
of condensation water Cable entry and ventilation
e. g. Mi Distribution boards Combi climate glands ensu-
Ventilation flange for vertical re pressure compensation
mounting on lateral box walls between enclosre interior and
in case of extremely high inside ambient air via an inserted,
temperature or the risk of water breathable membrane and
condensation, ingress of water from outside is
degree of protection IP 44. prevented.
404
Technical Data
Definition of Terms
Definition of Terms Rated voltage (Un) Rated conditional short-circuit current (Icc)
Rated values for setting up highest nominal value of the a.c. (r.m.s.) or d.c. value of prospective short-circuit current, declared
low-voltage switchgear are voltage, declared by the assembly manufacturer, by the assembly manufacturer, that can be with-
given in the standard to which the main circuit(s) of the assembly is (are) stood for the total operating time (clearing time) of
IEC 61 439-1 designed to be connected. the short-circuit protective device (SCPD) under
specied conditions.
Rated operational voltage (Ue) (of a circuit of
an assembly) Rated current of the assembly (InA)
value of voltage, declared by the assembly ma- The rated current of the assembly is the smaller of:
nufacturer, which combined with the rated current - the sum of the rated currents of the incoming
determines its application. circuits within the assembly operated in parallel;
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) - the total current which the main busbar is ca-
r.m.s. withstand voltage value, assigned by the pable of distributing in the particular assembly
assembly manufacturer to the equipment or to a arrangement.
part of it, characterising the specied (long-term)
withstand capability of the insulation. This current shall be carried without the tempera-
ture rise of the individual parts exceeding the limits
Rated impulse voltage (Uimp) specied in the standard.
impulse withstand voltage value, declared by the
assembly manufacturer, characterising the speci- Rated current of a circuit (Inc)
ed withstand capability of the insulation against The rated current of a circuit is stated by the as-
transient overvoltages. sembly manufacturer, taking into consideration the
ratings of the devices within the circuit, their dispo-
Rated current (In) sition and application. This current shall be carried
value of current, declared by the assembly manu- without the temperature rise of the various parts of
facturer taking into consideration the ratings of the assembly exceeding the limits specied in the
the components, their disposition and application, standard when the circuit is loaded alone.
which can be carried without the temperature-rise
of various parts of the assembly exceeding speci- Rated diversity factor (RDF)
ed limits under specied conditions. per unit value of the rated current, assigned by the
assembly manufacturer, to which outgoing circuits
Prospective short circuit current (Icp) of an assembly can be continuously and simul-
current which ows when the supply conductors taneously loaded taking into account the mutual
to the circuit are short-circuited by a conductor of thermal inuences.
negligible impedance located as near as practica-
ble to the supply terminals of the assembly.
Rated peak withstand current (Ipk)

value of peak short-circuit current, declared by
the assembly manufacturer, that can be withstood
under specied conditions.
Technical Data
Rated short-time withstand current (Icw)

r.m.s value of short-time current, declared by the
assembly manufacturer, that can be carried without
damage under specied conditions, dened in
terms of a current and time.
405
Technical Data
Copy template
Power Dissipation Calculation
Design certification of the max. permissible operating temperature according to IEC 61 439-1 Section 10.10
Client: Kom. No.:
Pos. No.:
Max. enclosure interior temperature 55 C

Max. ambient temperature 35 C
Temperature difference 20 K
1. Installed power dissipation of the devices

Pos. No. Manufacturer Type Description In / A Derating InC / A Pv / Watt Pv / Watt
Feeding E1
A1

A2
A3
Outgoings
A4
A5
A6
A7
An
Total installed power dissipation of the devices (W)
2. Installed power dissipation of busbars

Pos. Length Description Pv / Watt Pv / Watt
1 Busbars 250 A
2 Busbars 400 A
3 Busbars 630 A
Total installed power dissipation of busbars (W)
3. Power dissipation of enclosures

Pos. Number Description Pv / Watt Pv / Watt
1
2
3
4
5
6
Total power dissipation of enclosures (W)
Technical Data
4. Calculating
Pos. 1 Total installed power dissipation of the devices (W) Note:
Pos. 2 Total installed power dissipation of busbars (W)
Rated current
Proportional wiring of Pos. 2 and 3 (e.g. 30% recommended) (W)
... % Reserve for additional equipment acc. to specication (W) DERATING: According to the manufacturer, but at least 0.8
Subtotal (W) according to DIN EN 61 439 Part 1
Pos. 3 Total power dissipation of enclosures (W) (Relation of rated operating current at rated current)
Difference between power dissipation and installed power dissipation (W) The current InC denes the value for feeding InA
Data for power switchgear and controlgear assemblies made of
Through ventilation or larger enclosures the power dissipation can be increased in case of a negative
sheet steel as well as for insulation-enclosed assemblies in box-
difference. Another measure could be the reduction of the RDF.
type design are possible.
Calculating reduced RDF: RDF = power dissipation
installed power dissipation Power dissipation according to the original manufacturer.
406
Technical Data
Declaration of EC Conformity
Erklrung
der EG-Konformitt Nr./No. K 6009a
Declaration of EC-Conformity
Das Produkt,
The product
Typ / Type: D ..., DE ..., DM ..., DN ..., DP ..., DPC ..., K ..., KC ..., KM ...
Hersteller: Gustav Hensel GmbH & Co. KG

Manufacturer: Gustav-Hensel-Strae 6
57368 Lennestadt
Beschreibung: Kabelabzweigksten
Description: cable junction boxes
auf das sich diese Erklrung bezieht, stimmt mit folgenden Normen oder normativen Dokumenten berein:
to which this declaration relates is in conformity with the following standard(s) or normative document(s):
Norm / Standard: DIN EN 60670-22

EN 60670-22
IEC 60670-22
und entspricht den Bestimmungen der folgenden EG-Richtlinie(n):

and is in accordance with the provisions of the following EC-directive(s)
Niederspannungs-Richtlinie 2006/95/EG
Low voltage directive 2006/95/EC
Diese Konformittserklrung entspricht der Europischen Norm EN 17050-1 Allgemeine Anforderungen fr Konformittserklrungen von
Anbietern. Das Unternehmen Gustav Hensel GmbH & Co. KG ist Mitglied von ALPHA, Gesellschaft zur Prfung und Zertifizierung von
Niederspannungsgerten e.V.. Diese Erklrung gilt weltweit als Erklrung des Herstellers zur bereinstimmung mit den oben genannten
internationalen und nationalen Normen.
This Declaration of Conformity is suitable to the European Standard EN 17050-1 General requirements for suppliers declaration of
conformity. The company Gustav Hensel GmbH & Co. KG is member of ALPHA, Association for testing and certification of low voltage
equipment. The declaration is world-wide valid as the manufacturers declaration of compliance with the requirements of the a.m. national
and international standards.
Jahr der Anbringung der

CE-Kennzeichnung: 2012
Year of affixing CE-Marking
Technical Data
Ausstellungsdatum: 01.02.2013
Date of issue:
R. Cater
- Technische Geschftsleitung -
- Technical Managing Director -
407
Technical Data
Erklrung
der EG-Konformitt Nr./No. K 6010
Das Produkt,
The product
Typ / Type: KD ..., KF ..., KF WP ....

57368 Lennestadt
Beschreibung: Kabelabzweigksten fr besondere Umgebungsbedingungen

Description: cable junction boxes for special environmental conditions

EN 60670-22
IEC 60670-22
DIN VDE V 0606-22-100 (KF WP)


Technical Data
Date of issue:
R. Cater
408
Technical Data
Erklrung
Das Produkt,
The product
Typ / Type: FK 9025, FK 9105, FK 9255,
FK 7045, FK 7105, FK 7165

57368 Lennestadt
Beschreibung: Kabelabzweigksten mit Funktionserhalt E30-E90

Description: Cable junction boxes tested for intrinsic fire resistance E30-E90

EN 60670-22
IEC 60670-22
DIN 4102-12


Technical Data
Date of issue:
R. Cater
409
Technical Data
KV Small Distribution Boards
Erklrung
Das Produkt,
The product
Typ/ Type: Kleinverteiler
Small distribution boards
Typ / type: KV ....

57368 Lennestadt
Beschreibung: Isolierstoffgehuse, geeignet zum Bau von Niederspannungs-

Schaltgerte-Kombinationen bis 63 A, zu deren Bedienung Laien
Zugang haben
Description: Enclosures, made of insulating material, suitable for assembling of low-
voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies up to 63 A intended to be
installed in places where unskilled persons have access for their use

EN 60439-3
IEC 60439-3


Technical Data
Date of issue:
R. Cater
410
Technical Data
ENYSTAR
Erklrung
der EG-Konformitt Nr./No. ENY 2009a
Das Produkt,
The product
Typ / Type: ENYSTAR
Typ / type: FP ....

Manufacturer. Gustav-Hensel-Strae 6
57368 Lennestadt
Beschreibung: Installationsverteiler bis 250A DBO

Description: Distribution boards up to 250A DBO

EN 61439-3
IEC 61439-3


Technical Data
Date of issue:
R. Cater
411
Technical Data
Mi Power Distribution Boards
Erklrung
der EG-Konformitt Nr. K 2010a
Das Produkt,
The product
Typ / Type: Mi-Verteiler
Mi-Distributor
Typ / type: Mi ....

Manufacturer Gustav-Hensel-Strae 6
57368 Lennestadt
Beschreibung: Niederspannungs-Schaltgertekombination PSC

Description: Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies PSC

EN 61439-2
IEC 61439-2

EMV-Richtlinie (EMC) 2004/108/EG

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Directive 2004/108/EC

Technical Data
Year of affixing CE-Marking.
Date of issue:
R. Cater
412
Index of Types and Page Register
Type Page Type Page Type Page Type Page
Index of Types
and Page Register
Technical Data
Types
413
A ASS 12 377 DE 9220 51

E
ASS 16 377 DE 9221 52
ADM 20 41 ASS 20 377 DE 9225 51 EDK 16 370
AFM 16 376 ASS 25 377 DE 9226 52 EDK 20 370
AFM 20 376 ASS 32 378 DE 9320 47 EDK 25 370
AFM 25 376 ASS 40 378 DE 9321 48 EDK 32 370
AFM 32 376 ASS 50 378 DE 9325 46 EDK 40 370
AKM 12 372 ASS 63 378 DE 9326 48 EDKF 32 101
AKM 16 372 AVS 16 168 DE 9330 47 EDKF 40 101
AKM 20 372 DE 9331 49 EDR 16 371
AKM 25 372 DE 9335 46 EDR 20 371

B
AKM 32 373 DE 9336 48 EDR 25 371
AKM 40 373 BE 44 240, 344 DE 9340 47 EDR 32 371
AKM 50 373 BM 32 240, 345, 384 DE 9341 49 EDR 40 371
AKM 63 373 DE 9345 46 EKA 20 44, 118
AKS 9 386 DE 9346 48 ERA 20 44, 118

D
AKS 11 386 DE 9350 47 ESM 16 368
AKS 13,5 386 D 8020 33 DE 9351 49 ESM 20 368
AKS 16 386 D 8040 33 DE MB 10 51, 52, 118 ESM 25 368
AKS 21 386 D 8120 33 DK AL 2 118 ESM 32 368
AKS 29 387 D 9020 30 DK BS 5 118 ESM 40 368
AKS 36 387 D 9025 24 DKL 04 115 EVS 16 168
AKS 42 387 D 9040 30 DK ZE 10 49, 51, 52
AKS 48 387 DN 2000 41

D 9041 54 F
AM RK 150 220, 236 D 9045 24 DN 2005 41
AS 12 173, 232 D 9120 30 DN 2030 41 FC BS 5 172, 233, 337

AS 18 173, 232 D 9125 24 DN 2035 41 FC BS 6 172
ASM 12 374 DP 9020 44 FC L 04 117
Technical Data
D 9140 30
ASM 16 374 D 9145 24 DP 9025 43 FC L 10 337
ASM 20 374 D 9220 103 DP 9026 104 FC L 45 117
ASM 25 374 D 9225 103 DP 9220 44 FC N 10 337
ASM 32 375 D 9240 103 DP 9221 43 FC N 30 338
ASM 40 375 D 9245 103 DP 9222 43 FC PE 10 233, 337
ASM 50 375 DA 185 235 DPC 9225 43 FC PE 30 338
Types
ASM 63 375 DA 240 331 DPS 02 44, 118 FC PN 10 337

DS 1 39, 247, 346
414
FC PN 20 232 FP 0331 203 FP 1319 206 FP BF 18 240
FC PN 30 338 FP 0340 194 FP 1349 215 FP BF 27 240
FC PN 60 338 FP 0341 194 FP 1406 214 FP BF 36 240
FK 5000 99 FP 0350 197 FP 1408 207 FP BZ 13 230
FK 5110 99 FP 0351 197 FP 1409 207 FP CB 210 228
FK 5120 99 FP 0400 200 FP 1415 210 FP DB 27 245
FK 5210 100 FP 0401 200 FP 1417 214 FP DB 36 245
FK 5220 100 FP 0411 201 FP 1418 207 FP DS 02 229
FK 6505 97 FP 0420 203 FP 1439 216 FP FC 24 232
FK 7045 94 FP 0421 203 FP 2211 217 FP FC 36 232
FK 7105 94 FP 0431 204 FP 2312 217 FP FC 051 233
FK 7165 95 FP 0440 194 FP 3212 218 FP FC 054 233
FK 9025 96 FP 0441 194 FP 3402 218 FP FG 200 243
FK 9105 96 FP 0450 197 FP 4211 222 FP FG 222 243
FK 9255 97 FP 0451 197 FP 4212 222 FP FG 272 244
FK 9259 98 FP 0461 195 FP 4312 222 FP FG 273 244
FP 0100 199 FP 0471 198 FP 5101 223 FP FG 282 244
FP 0101 199 FP 1100 216 FP 5102 223 FP FG 300 244
FP 0120 202 FP 1101 215 FP 5103 223 FP FG 331 245
FP 0121 202 FP 1105 209 FP 5104 224 FP FM 225 243
FP 0140 193 FP 1106 211 FP 5201 224 FP FM 232 243
FP 0141 193 FP 1107 211 FP 5202 224 FP FM 240 243
FP 0150 196 FP 1108 205 FP 5211 225 FP FM 263 243
FP 0151 196 FP 1109 205 FP 5213 225 FP GS 27 244
FP 0210 199 FP 1211 208, 216 FP 5216 226 FP GV 10 246
FP 0211 199 FP 1215 209 FP 5312 225 FP MP 10 230
FP 0230 202 FP 1216 212 FP 5325 226 FP MP 20 230
FP 0231 202 FP 1217 212 FP AL 40 247 FP MP 30 230

Technical Data
FP 0240 193 FP 1218 206 FP AP 10 231 FP MP 40 230
FP 0241 193 FP 1219 205 FP AP 20 231 FP MS 1 247
FP 0250 196 FP 1249 215 FP AP 21 219 FP PL 2 231
FP 0251 196 FP 1315 209 FP AP 30 231 FP PL 3 246
FP 0310 200 FP 1316 213 FP AP 40 231 FP ST 25 238
FP 0311 200 FP 1317 213 FP AP 41 219 FP SV 25 218

Types
FP 0330 203 FP 1318 206 FP BA 70 219 FP TA 1 247
415
FP TS 1 246
K K 9350 31 KD 5065 87
FP TS 27 229 K 9351 55 KD 5100 90
FP TS 36 229 K 0100 35 K 9355 26 KD 5105 87
FP TS 54 229 K 0101 36 K 9500 31 KD 5120 89
FP TW 1 246 K 0200 35 K 9502 25 KD 5125 86
FP TW 2 246 K 0201 36 K 9503 107 KD 5250 90
FP TW 3 246 K 0300 35 K 9504 26 KD 5255 87
FP TW 4 246 K 0301 36 K 9505 26 KD 5350 90
FP TW 18 232 K 0400 35 K 9507 107 KD 5355 88
FP TW 27 232 K 0401 36 K 9508 106 KF 4020 73
FP TW 36 232 K 1204 27, 58 K 9509 107 KF 4040 73
FP VM 27 242 K 1205 28, 59 K 9951 58 KF 4060 73
FP VM 36 242 K 2401 60 KBM 20 380 KF 4100 73
FP VP 18 239 K 2404 28, 59 KBM 25 380 KF 4250 74
FP VP 27 239 K 2405 29, 60 KBM 32 381 KF 4350 74
FP VP 36 239 K 7004 27 KBM 40 381 KF 4500 74
FP VS 10 241 K 7005 27 KBS 20 382 KF 5020 68
FP VS 20 241 K 7042 57 KBS 25 382 KF 5025 66
FP VS 30 241 K 7051 56 KBS 32 383 KF 5040 68
FP VS 40 241 K 7052 57 KBS 40 383 KF 5045 66
FP WT 1 239 K 7055 26 KC 9045 22 KF 5060 68
FP ZE 272 244 K 8060 33 KC 9255 22 KF 5065 66
FP ZR 30 229 K 8100 33 KC 9355 22 KF 5100 68
FP ZR 40 229 K 8250 34 KD 4020 91 KF 5105 66
K 8350 34 KD 4040 91 KF 5250 68
K 8500 34 KD 4060 91 KF 5255 67

G
K 9060 30 KD 4100 92 KF 5350 69
GH 0250 84 K 9061 54 KD 4120 91 KF 5355 67

Technical Data
GH 0350 84 K 9065 25 KD 4250 92 KF 5500 69
GH 0750 84 K 9100 30 KD 4350 92 KF 5505 67
GH 1200 84 K 9105 25 KD 5020 89 KF 7020 76
K 9250 31 KD 5025 86 KF 7040 76
K 9255 25 KD 5040 89 KF 7060 76
K 9258 106 KD 5045 86 KF 7100 76

Types
K 9259 106 KD 5060 89 KF 7250 77
416
KF 8020 71 KG 9003 163 KS 150 F 220, 236 KV 7109 140
KF 8040 71 KG 9003 IN 164 KS 185 328 KV 8112 M 141
KF 8060 71 KG MP 01 168 KS 240/12 220, 236, 328 KV 8118 M 142
KF 8100 71 KG MP 02 168 KS 240 V 328 KV 8224 M 143
KF 8250 72 KG MP 03 168 KS 300 328 KV 8236 M 144
KF 8350 72 KG PN 01 171 KST 70 385 KV 8336 M 145
KF 8500 72 KG PN 02 171 KST 82 344 KV 8354 M 147
KF 9020 64 KG PN 03 171 KV 1512 M 141 KV 8448 M 146
KF 9025 62 KG TS 01 169 KV 1518 M 142 KV 9112 M 141
KF 9040 64 KG TS 02 169 KV 1612 M 141 KV 9118 M 142
KF 9045 62 KG TS 03 169 KV 1618 M 142 KV 9220 M 160
KF 9060 64 KHR 01 49, 51, 52, 114, KV 1712 156 KV 9224 M 143
KF 9065 62 169, 385 KV 1718 156 KV 9230 M 160
KF 9100 64 KHR 02 49, 51, 52, 114, KV 2524 M 143 KV 9236 M 144
KF 9105 62 169, 385 KV 2536 M 144 KV 9330 M 160
KF 9250 64 KKL 06 115 KV 2624 M 143 KV 9331 163
KF 9251 55 KKL 25 337 KV 2636 M 144 KV 9336 M 145
KF 9255 63 KKL 34 234, 339 KV 2724 156 KV 9337 166
KF 9350 65 KKL 48 234, 339 KV 2736 157 KV 9338 166
KF 9355 63 KKL 54 234, 339 KV 3536 M 145 KV 9339 166
KF 9500 65 KLS 10 115 KV 3554 M 147 KV 9350 M 161
KF 9501 56 KLS 25 115 KV 3636 M 145 KV 9354 M 147
KF 9505 63 KLS 50 116 KV 3654 M 147 KV 9440 M 161
KF WP 2025 82 KLS 51 116 KV 3736 157 KV 9448 M 146
KF WP 2045 82 KLS 54 116 KV 3754 157 KV EB 03 172
KF WP 2065 83 KLS 55 116 KV 4548 M 146 KV EB 04 172
KF WP 2105 83 KS 16 F 220, 236, 328 KV 4648 M 146 KV EB 06 172
KF WP 3025 80 KS 16 Z 328 KV 4748 158 KV EB 09 172

Technical Data
KF WP 3045 80 KS 35 F 220, 236, 328 KV 6103 139 KV EB 12 172
KF WP 3065 81 KS 35 Z 328 KV 6104 139 KV EB 18 172
KF WP 3105 81 KS 70 F 220, 236, 238 KV 6106 140 KV ES 1 173
KG 9001 163 KS 70 Z 328 KV 6109 140 KV ES 2 173
KG 9001 IN 164 KS 120 F 328 KV 7103 139 KV ES 3 173
KG 9002 163 KS 120 Z 328 KV 7104 139 KV FC 03 170

Types
KG 9002 IN 164 KS 150 328 KV 7106 140 KV FC 04 170
417
KV FC 06 170 Mi 0220 273 Mi 1884 278 Mi 6426 297
KV FC 09 170 Mi 0221 275 Mi 1885 281 Mi 6427 297
KV FC 12 170 Mi 0300 273 Mi 2200 284 Mi 6428 298
KV FC 18 170 Mi 0301 275 Mi 2300 284 Mi 6432 289
KV FC 24 171 Mi 0310 274 Mi 2310 284 Mi 6433 289
KV FC 36 171 Mi 0311 276 Mi 2400 284 Mi 6434 290
KV PC 6103 150 Mi 0400 274 Mi 2410 284 Mi 6436 298
KV PC 6104 151 Mi 0401 276 Mi 2413 285 Mi 6437 299
KV PC 6106 152 Mi 0410 274 Mi 2420 285 Mi 6438 299
KV PC 6109 152 Mi 0411 276 Mi 2800 285 Mi 6452 304
KV PC 8104 151 Mi 0800 274 Mi 2820 285 Mi 6455 304
KV PC 8109 153 Mi 0801 276 Mi 6202 306 Mi 6456 304
KV PC 9103 150 Mi 1109 277 Mi 6203 307 Mi 6457 303
KV PC 9104 150 Mi 1111 279 Mi 6204 306 Mi 6458 303
KV PC 9106 151 Mi 1112 277 Mi 6205 307 Mi 6459 304
KV PC 9109 152 Mi 1115 280 Mi 6206 306 Mi 6461 290
KV PC 9112 153 Mi 1117 282 Mi 6207 307 Mi 6462 291
KV PC 9224 153 Mi 1220 277 Mi 6212 286 Mi 6463 291
KV PC 9336 154 Mi 1222 279 Mi 6213 286 Mi 6465 300
KV PC 9448 154 Mi 1224 277 Mi 6214 287 Mi 6466 300
KV PL 2 173 Mi 1225 280 Mi 6226 294 Mi 6467 301
KV PL 3 173 Mi 1226 280 Mi 6227 294 Mi 6474 292
Mi 1227 282 Mi 6228 295 Mi 6475 292
Mi 1281 283 Mi 6252 302 Mi 6476 292

L
Mi 1333 279 Mi 6255 302 Mi 6477 293
Varnish pen RAL 7016 247, 350 Mi 1335 280 Mi 6256 302 Mi 6478 301
Mi 1336 277 Mi 6265 295 Mi 6479 301
Mi 1337 282 Mi 6266 296 Mi 6852 305

Technical Data
M
Mi 1440 280 Mi 6267 296 Mi 6855 305
Mi 0100 273 Mi 1443 282 Mi 6352 302 Mi 6856 305
Mi 0101 275 Mi 1444 279 Mi 6355 303 Mi 7103 308
Mi 0200 273 Mi 1445 282 Mi 6356 303 Mi 7104 308
Mi 0201 275 Mi 1448 278 Mi 6422 287 Mi 7213 308
Mi 0210 273 Mi 1455 281 Mi 6423 288 Mi 7214 308

Types
Mi 0211 275 Mi 1456 278 Mi 6424 288 Mi 7256 309
418
Mi 7257 309 Mi BZ 13 325 Mi MP 8 325 Mi VS 250 238, 330
Mi 7431 315 Mi CB 10 322 Mi MS 2 349 Mi VS 400 330
Mi 7432 315 Mi DA 72 312, 331 Mi NK 1 336 Mi VS 630 330
Mi 7434 315 Mi DB 01 245, 345 Mi NK 2 336 Mi WD 2 340
Mi 7445 311 Mi DB 15 345 Mi NK 3 336 Mi WT 1 341
Mi 7454 310 Mi DB 30 345 Mi NK 4 336 Mi ZE 62 121, 344
Mi 7455 310 Mi DR 04 39, 346 Mi NK 14 338 Mi ZR 4 323
Mi 7456 309 Mi DS 25 324 Mi PL 2 38, 346 Mi ZR 8 323
Mi 7457 310 Mi DS 50 324 Mi SA 2 121, 349 Mi ZS 11 39, 346
Mi 7481 314 Mi DV 01 39, 346 Mi SK 01 348 Mi ZS 12 39, 346
Mi 7836 316 Mi EP 01 326 Mi SN 4 38, 346 Mi ZS 20 347
Mi 7846 311 Mi EP 02 326 Mi SR 4 38, 346 Mi ZS 40 347
Mi 7865 311 Mi EP 04 326 Mi SS 22 238, 326 Mi ZS 60 347
Mi 7866 312 Mi FM 15 342 Mi SS 25 326 MK 0105 235, 332
Mi 7882 314 Mi FM 20 342 Mi SS 40 326 MK 0106 235, 332
Mi 9100 317 Mi FM 25 342 Mi SS 45 327 MK 0107 235, 332
Mi 9101 319 Mi FM 32 342 Mi SS 63 327 MK 0108 333
Mi 9200 317 Mi FM 40 120, 342 Mi ST 25 327 MK 0109 333
Mi 9201 319 Mi FM 50 120, 343 Mi ST 41 327 MN ST 00 340
Mi 9210 317 Mi FM 60 120, 343 Mi ST 63 327 MS NH 00 340
Mi 9211 319 Mi FM 63 120, 343 Mi SV 25 341 MT SP 01 349
Mi 9300 317 Mi FP 15 342 Mi SV 45 341 MV FP 66 385
Mi 9301 319 Mi FP 20 342 Mi TS 15 37, 323 MX 0101 349
Mi 9310 318 Mi FP 38 343 Mi TS 30 37, 323 MX 0105 350
Mi 9311 320 Mi FP 70 120, 343 Mi TS 45 37, 323 MX 0111 350
Mi 9400 318 Mi FP 72 120, 343 Mi TS 60 37, 323 MX 0112 350
Mi 9401 320 Mi FP 82 121, 344 Mi VE 120 334
Mi 9410 318 Mi GS 30 344 Mi VE 125 334

N
Technical Data
Mi 9411 320 Mi HS 20 235, 332 Mi VE 240 334
Mi AL 40 39, 120, 349 Mi KL 6 348 Mi VE 245 335 NH RT 00C 219

Mi BE 341 Mi KL 12 348 Mi VE 302 335 NH SU 00 340
Mi BF 44 344 Mi MP 1 37, 325 Mi VE 303 335 NZ KL 54 349
Mi BS 6 348 Mi MP 2 37, 325 Mi VE 304 336
Mi BS 12 348 Mi MP 3 38, 325 Mi VS 100 238, 330

Types
Mi BZ 11 325 Mi MP 4 38, 325 Mi VS 160 238, 330
419
Type Page Type Page
P U
PLS 06 119 US 1 246
PLS 50 119
V
R
VA 400 235, 331
RD 9041 110 VA 630 331
RD 9045 110 VSB 13 384
RD 9123 109 VSB 21 384
RD 9125 109
RD 9127 109
Z
RK 9062 110
RK 9064 111 Z RK 19 350

RK 9104 111 Z RKW 19 350
RK 9109 111 ZS RS 18 219
S
STM 16 369
STM 20 369
STM 25 369
STM 32 369
STM 40 369
T
Technical Data
TSD 02 113
TSD 04 113
TSK 06 113
TSK 10 113
TSK 25 113
TSK 35 113
TSK 50 113
Types
420

Livebook ACB

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Livebook ACB

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

PASSION FOR POWER.

With vision into

Happy customers are

Conception, layout, graphics:

Technical changes reserved!

DK Cable Junction Boxes Pages 15-134

KV Small Distribution Boards up to 63 A Pages 135-182

Distribution Boards with Door up to 250 A Pages 183-262

Mi Power Distribution Boards up to 630 A Pages 263-366

Cable Entry Systems Pages 367-392

Technical Data Pages 393-412

List of Types Pages 413-420

Leading through innovation and quality

We are always contributing to the

Always one important step ahead

With vision into a secure future generation

Happy customers are

Hensel products guarantee safety in

Agriculture and Farming Metal, Wood and Paper Processors

State of the art technology,

It includes high-performance plastic Refined logistics assures optimal and low-

Minimum number of copies for special

Always one important step ahead

Locally rooted, internationally

Participation in trade fairs and exhibitions

In addition to the Light + Building show

Hensel videos on YouTube!

ENYGUIDE - the professional planning

Configurator ENYGUIDE supports project

With the new configuration software the

DK Cable Junction Boxes

Criteria for selecting 18 - 19

With FIXCONNECT plug-in technology for copper conductors

With or without terminals

Cable entry via elastic membranes and integrated M20 thread

Cable entry via cable, cable trunking and conduits

Cable entry via elastic membranes

For aluminium- (Alu) and copper (Cu) conductors

"Weatherproof" - for outdoor installation - harsh environment and/or outdoor

"Weatherproof" - for outdoor installation - harsh environment and/or outdoor

"Waterproof" - for outdoor installation - harsh environment and/or outdoor

For offshore / heavy duty applications

Tested for intrinsic fire resistance

For special applications

With main line branch terminals

Accessories 113 - 121

Technical Details 123 - 134

Additional information and planning tools (e.g. CAD parts libraries)

Cable trunking installation Pages 43-44

Intrinsic fire resistance Pages 94-101

"Waterproof" for encapsulating Pages 80-84

Weatherproof, for outdoor installation (harsh Pages 62-74

Offshore applications Pages 86-92

Security lighting circuits Page 103

Equipotential bonding Page 104

DNV Approval Pages 62-92

Pages 64-65 Pages 71-74

Pages 89-92 Page 91-92

Pages 64-65, 68-69 Pages 71-74, 89-92

Assignment of box walls: 4 All box walls are listed in the

assigned to each product. The individual figures 2 give an indication, 6

which wall is concerned.

Wall 1 Wall 14 Wall 22